Jungheinrich DFG TFG 16 50

DFG/TFG 16 - 50 A/B/C-K 03.
01 -
G
Operating instructions
50045345
12.03
Foreword Foreword
The present ORIGINAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS are designed to provide The present ORIGINAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS are designed to provide
sufficient instruction for the safe operation of the industrial truck. The information is sufficient instruction for the safe operation of the industrial truck. The information is
provided clearly and concisely. The chapters are arranged by letter. Each chapter provided clearly and concisely. The chapters are arranged by letter. Each chapter
starts with page 1. The page identification consists of a chapter letter and a page starts with page 1. The page identification consists of a chapter letter and a page
number. number.
For example: Page B 2 is the second page in chapter B. For example: Page B 2 is the second page in chapter B.
The operating instructions detail different truck models. When operating and servicing The operating instructions detail different truck models. When operating and servicing
the truck, make sure that the instructions apply to your truck model. the truck, make sure that the instructions apply to your truck model.
Safety instructions and important explanations are indicated by the following Safety instructions and important explanations are indicated by the following
graphics: graphics:
f Used before safety instructions which must be observed to avoid danger to

personnel. f Used before safety instructions which must be observed to avoid danger to
personnel.
m Used before notices which must be observed to avoid material damage. m Used before notices which must be observed to avoid material damage.
A Used before notices and explanations. A Used before notices and explanations.
t Used to indicate standard equipment. t Used to indicate standard equipment.
o Used to indicate optional equipment. o Used to indicate optional equipment.
Our trucks are subject to ongoing development. Jungheinrich reserves the right to Our trucks are subject to ongoing development. Jungheinrich reserves the right to
alter the design, equipment and technical features of the truck. No guarantee of alter the design, equipment and technical features of the truck. No guarantee of
particular features of the truck should therefore be inferred from the present operating particular features of the truck should therefore be inferred from the present operating
instructions. instructions.
Copyright Copyright
Copyright of these operating instructions remains with JUNGHEINRICH AG. Copyright of these operating instructions remains with JUNGHEINRICH AG.
Jungheinrich Aktiengesellschaft Jungheinrich Aktiengesellschaft
Am Stadtrand 35 Am Stadtrand 35
22047 Hamburg - GERMANY 22047 Hamburg - GERMANY
Telephone: +49 (0) 40/6948-0 Telephone: +49 (0) 40/6948-0

www.jungheinrich.com www.jungheinrich.com
0108.GB
0108.GB
0108.GB
0108.GB
Contents Contents
A Correct Use and Application of the Truck A Correct Use and Application of the Truck
B Description of Truck B Description of Truck
1 Description of Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1 1 Description of Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1
2 Description of Assemblies and Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2 2 Description of Assemblies and Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2
2.1 Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3 2.1 Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3
2.2 Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4 2.2 Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4
2.3 Changes in operational requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4 2.3 Changes in operational requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4
2.4 Safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4 2.4 Safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4
3 Technical Data -- Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5 3 Technical Data -- Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5
3.1 Data tables -- DFG/TFG 16/20 AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 14 3.1 Data tables -- DFG/TFG 16/20 AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 14
3.2 Data tables -- DFG/TFG 20--30 BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 16 3.2 Data tables -- DFG/TFG 20--30 BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 16
3.3 Data tables -- DFG/TFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 19 3.3 Data tables -- DFG/TFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 19
4 Labels and Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 23 4 Labels and Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 23
4.1 Truck Rating Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 24 4.1 Truck Rating Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 24
4.2 Load diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 25 4.2 Load diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 25
C Transportation and Commissioning C Transportation and Commissioning
1 Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C1 1 Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C1
2 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4 2 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4
D Truck Refuelling D Truck Refuelling
1 Safety Conditions for Handling Diesel Fuel and Liquid Petroleum Gas . . . . . . D1 1 Safety Conditions for Handling Diesel Fuel and Liquid Petroleum Gas . . . . . . D1
2 Filling with Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D2 2 Filling with Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D2
3 Changing the Gas Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D3 3 Changing the Gas Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D3
4 Trucks fitted with Twin--Gas Bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D5 4 Trucks fitted with Twin--Gas Bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D5
E Operation E Operation
1 Safety Regulations Governing the Operation of the Forklift Truck . . . . . . . . . . E1 1 Safety Regulations Governing the Operation of the Forklift Truck . . . . . . . . . . E1
2 Description of Drivers Controls and Display Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3 2 Description of Drivers Controls and Display Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3
3 Checks and Activities Before Daily Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 11 3 Checks and Activities Before Daily Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 11
4 Using the Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 17 4 Using the Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 17
4.1 Start Process TFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 19 4.1 Start Process TFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 19
4.2 Start Process DFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 20 4.2 Start Process DFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 20
4.3 Fault Displays during Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 22 4.3 Fault Displays during Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 22
5 Operation of the Forklift Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 24 5 Operation of the Forklift Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 24
5.1 Safety regulations applicable when operating the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 24 5.1 Safety regulations applicable when operating the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 24
5.2 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 26 5.2 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 26
5.3 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 28 5.3 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 28
5.4 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 28 5.4 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 28
5.5 Operating the Mast and Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 30 5.5 Operating the Mast and Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 30
5.6 Picking Up, Transporting and Setting 5.6 Picking Up, Transporting and Setting
Down Load Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 32 Down Load Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 32
5.7 Instructions for the use of restraint belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 39 5.7 Instructions for the use of restraint belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 39
5.8 Parking the Truck Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 41 5.8 Parking the Truck Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 41
5.9 Engine housing and service covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 42 5.9 Engine housing and service covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 42
5.10 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 44 5.10 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 44
5.11 Towing Trailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 44 5.11 Towing Trailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 44
5.12 Trailer loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 45 5.12 Trailer loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 45
6 Fault Locating Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 46 6 Fault Locating Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 46
1203.GB 1203.GB
F Truck Maintenance F Truck Maintenance
1 Operational Safety and Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1 1 Operational Safety and Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1
2 Safety Regulations Applicable to Truck Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1 2 Safety Regulations Applicable to Truck Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1
3 Servicing and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2 3 Servicing and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2
4 Maintenance Check-list DFG/TFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F3 4 Maintenance Check-list DFG/TFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F3
5 Maintenance Check-list DFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F5 5 Maintenance Check-list DFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F5
6 Maintenance Check-list TFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F6 6 Maintenance Check-list TFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F6
7 Coolant Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F7 7 Coolant Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F7
8 Lubricant Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F9 8 Lubricant Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F9
9 Fuel specification -- DFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 13 9 Fuel specification -- DFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 13
10 Lubrication Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 14 10 Lubrication Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 14
10.1 Lubrication Diagram -- DFG/TFG 16--30 AK/BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 15 10.1 Lubrication Diagram -- DFG/TFG 16--30 AK/BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 15
10.2 Lubrication Diagram -- DFG/TFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 16 10.2 Lubrication Diagram -- DFG/TFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 16
11 Description of Maintenance and Repair Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 17 11 Description of Maintenance and Repair Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 17
11.1 Preparing the Truck for Maintenance and Repair Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 17 11.1 Preparing the Truck for Maintenance and Repair Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 17
11.2 Engine Maintenance TFG 16/20 AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 17 11.2 Engine Maintenance TFG 16/20 AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 17
11.3 Engine Maintenance DFG 16/20 AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 20 11.3 Engine Maintenance DFG 16/20 AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 20
11.4 Engine Maintenance TFG 20--30 BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 23 11.4 Engine Maintenance TFG 20--30 BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 23
11.5 Engine Maintenance DFG 20--30 BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 25 11.5 Engine Maintenance DFG 20--30 BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 25
11.6 Engine Maintenance TFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 28 11.6 Engine Maintenance TFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 28
11.7 Engine Maintenance DFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 30 11.7 Engine Maintenance DFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 30
11.8 Check Coolant Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 33 11.8 Check Coolant Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 33
11.9 Clean/Change Air Filter Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 34 11.9 Clean/Change Air Filter Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 34
11.10 Transmission unit -- DFG/TFG 16/20 AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 35 11.10 Transmission unit -- DFG/TFG 16/20 AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 35
11.11 Transmission unit -- DFG/TFG 20--30 BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 36 11.11 Transmission unit -- DFG/TFG 20--30 BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 36
11.12 Transmission unit -- DFG/TFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 37 11.12 Transmission unit -- DFG/TFG 40--50 CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 37
11.13 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 38 11.13 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 38
11.14 Change Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 40 11.14 Change Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 40
11.15 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 41 11.15 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 41
11.16 Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 42 11.16 Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 42
12 Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 45 12 Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 45
13 Decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 45 13 Decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 45
14 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 46 14 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 46
14.1 Safety checks to be performed at regular intervals and following any 14.1 Safety checks to be performed at regular intervals and following any
untoward incidents (D: Accident prevention check according to BGV D27) F 47 untoward incidents (D: Accident prevention check according to BGV D27) F 47
15 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 48 15 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 48
16 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 52 16 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 52
Appendix for Diesel Engine Exhaust Gas Filter -- STX Type . . . . . . . . . 1 Appendix for Diesel Engine Exhaust Gas Filter -- STX Type . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Regeneration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Regeneration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1203.GB 1203.GB
A Correct Use and Application of the A Correct Use and Application of the
Truck Truck
A The “Guidelines for the Correct Use and Application of Industrial Trucks” (VDMA) is
included in the scope of delivery for this truck. The guidelines are part of these A The “Guidelines for the Correct Use and Application of Industrial Trucks” (VDMA) is
included in the scope of delivery for this truck. The guidelines are part of these
operating instructions and must always be heeded. National regulations are fully operating instructions and must always be heeded. National regulations are fully
applicable. applicable.
The forklift truck described in these operating instructions is a truck that is suitable for The forklift truck described in these operating instructions is a truck that is suitable for
lifting and transporting loads. It must be used, operated and maintained according to lifting and transporting loads. It must be used, operated and maintained according to
the information in these operating instructions. Any other uses are outside the design the information in these operating instructions. Any other uses are outside the design
envelope and can lead to injury to persons or damage to equipment and property. envelope and can lead to injury to persons or damage to equipment and property.
Above all, overloading caused by excessively heavy or unbalanced loads must be Above all, overloading caused by excessively heavy or unbalanced loads must be
avoided. The max. admissible load to be picked up can be seen from the identification avoided. The max. admissible load to be picked up can be seen from the identification
plate or load diagram label shown on the truck. The fork--lift truck must not be operated plate or load diagram label shown on the truck. The fork--lift truck must not be operated
in spaces subject to fire or explosion hazards, or in spaces where corrosive or very in spaces subject to fire or explosion hazards, or in spaces where corrosive or very
dusty atmospheres prevail. dusty atmospheres prevail.
Duties of the user: User within the meaning of these operating instructions is any Duties of the user: User within the meaning of these operating instructions is any
natural person or legal person who either uses the fork--lift truck himself, or on whose natural person or legal person who either uses the fork--lift truck himself, or on whose
behalf it is used. In special cases (e.g. leasing or renting), the user is considered the behalf it is used. In special cases (e.g. leasing or renting), the user is considered the
person, who, in accordance with existing contractual agreements between the owner person, who, in accordance with existing contractual agreements between the owner
and the user of the fork--lift truck, is charged with the observance of the operating and the user of the fork--lift truck, is charged with the observance of the operating
duties. duties.
The user must ensure that the truck is not abused and only used within its design limits The user must ensure that the truck is not abused and only used within its design limits
and that all danger to life and limb of the operator, or third parties, is avoided. In addition and that all danger to life and limb of the operator, or third parties, is avoided. In addition
to this, it must be ensured that the relevant accident prevention regulations and other to this, it must be ensured that the relevant accident prevention regulations and other
safety--related provisions, as well as the operating, servicing and maintenance safety--related provisions, as well as the operating, servicing and maintenance
guidelines, are observed. The user must also ensure that all persons operating the guidelines, are observed. The user must also ensure that all persons operating the
truck have read and understood these operating instructions. truck have read and understood these operating instructions.
If these Operating Instructions are not observed the warranty becomes void. The same If these Operating Instructions are not observed the warranty becomes void. The same
applies if improper work is carried out on the device by the customer and/or third parties applies if improper work is carried out on the device by the customer and/or third parties
without permission of our Customer Service. without permission of our Customer Service.
Mounting of attachments: The mounting or installation of any attachments which will Mounting of attachments: The mounting or installation of any attachments which will
interfere with, or supplement, the functions of the truck is permitted only after written interfere with, or supplement, the functions of the truck is permitted only after written
approval by the manufacturer has been obtained. If necessary, the approval of local approval by the manufacturer has been obtained. If necessary, the approval of local
authorities has to be obtained. Any approval obtained from local authorities does not, authorities has to be obtained. Any approval obtained from local authorities does not,
however, make the approval by the manufacturer unnecessary. however, make the approval by the manufacturer unnecessary.
Trailing and slipping loads: The truck may only be used for trailing or slipping loads Trailing and slipping loads: The truck may only be used for trailing or slipping loads
for which the truck has been approved. for which the truck has been approved.
1203.GB A1 1203.GB A1
B Description of Truck B Description of Truck
1 Description of Use 1 Description of Use
Forklift trucks to series DFG/TFG are driver’s cab forklifts with 4 wheel construction and Forklift trucks to series DFG/TFG are driver’s cab forklifts with 4 wheel construction and
combustion engine. Trucks to series DFG have diesel engines, trucks of series TFG a combustion engine. Trucks to series DFG have diesel engines, trucks of series TFG a
liquid petroleum gas engine. liquid petroleum gas engine.
The DFG/TFG 16--50 AK/BK/CK has a hydrodynamic drive. A combined creep/brake The DFG/TFG 16--50 AK/BK/CK has a hydrodynamic drive. A combined creep/brake
pedal allows rapid lifting during creep running. pedal allows rapid lifting during creep running.
The load--bearing capacity depends on type. The type description indicates the The load--bearing capacity depends on type. The type description indicates the
maximum permitted load. A DFG/TFG 16 can lift, transport and stack loads up to 1600 maximum permitted load. A DFG/TFG 16 can lift, transport and stack loads up to 1600
kg, and a DFG/TFG 20 loads up to 2000 kg. kg, and a DFG/TFG 20 loads up to 2000 kg.
Model Load Capacity (kg) Wheel Base (mm) Model Load Capacity (kg) Wheel Base (mm)
DFG/TFG 16 A 1600 1400 DFG/TFG 16 A 1600 1400
DFG/TFG 20 A 2000 1400 DFG/TFG 20 A 2000 1400
DFG/TFG 20 B 2000 1685 DFG/TFG 20 B 2000 1685
DFG/TFG 25 B 2500 1685 DFG/TFG 25 B 2500 1685
DFG/TFG 30 B 3000 1685 DFG/TFG 30 B 3000 1685
DFG/TFG 40 C 4000 1985 DFG/TFG 40 C 4000 1985
DFG/TFG 45 C 4500 1985 DFG/TFG 45 C 4500 1985
DFG/TFG 50 C 5000 1985 DFG/TFG 50 C 5000 1985
1203.GB B1 1203.GB B1
2 Description of Assemblies and Function 2 Description of Assemblies and Function
4 5 6 4 5 6
3 3
2 2
7 7
1 1
8 8
9 9
14 14
13 13
12 11 10 12 11 10
Item Description Item Description Item Description Item Description

1 F Lift cylinder 8 F Towing coupling 1 F Lift cylinder 8 F Towing coupling
2 F Lift chain 9 F Counterweight 2 F Lift chain 9 F Counterweight
3 F Mast assembly 10 F Steer axle 3 F Mast assembly 10 F Steer axle
4 F Instrument panel 11 F Engine cover 4 F Instrument panel 11 F Engine cover
5 F Steering column 12 F Drive axle 5 F Steering column 12 F Drive axle
6 F Driver’s loadguard 13 F Carriage 6 F Driver’s loadguard 13 F Carriage
7 F Driver’s seat 14 F Fork 7 F Driver’s seat 14 F Fork
B2 1203.GB B2 1203.GB
2.1 Truck 2.1 Truck
Frame and Superstructure: A stable, torsionally rigid frame in which the equipment Frame and Superstructure: A stable, torsionally rigid frame in which the equipment
and controls are installed protected, gives the truck a high static safety. The driver’s cab and controls are installed protected, gives the truck a high static safety. The driver’s cab
is spring--mounted to dampen vibrations and noise. is spring--mounted to dampen vibrations and noise.
A wide--opening top and two side panels on the engine cover (11) allow easy A wide--opening top and two side panels on the engine cover (11) allow easy
maintenance and service. The hydraulic oil tank is side integrated into the frame on the maintenance and service. The hydraulic oil tank is side integrated into the frame on the
right and the fuel tank for the DFG series on the opposite side. The gas bottles for the right and the fuel tank for the DFG series on the opposite side. The gas bottles for the
TFG series are attached to the counterweight (9) in a holder. The vertical free--standing TFG series are attached to the counterweight (9) in a holder. The vertical free--standing
exhaust pipe which opens high above the machine prevents the transmission of exhaust pipe which opens high above the machine prevents the transmission of
vibration and sound waves and the penetration of exhaust gases into the driver’s cab. vibration and sound waves and the penetration of exhaust gases into the driver’s cab.
Driver’s Cab: Non--slip steps and a handle on the roof pillar ensure easy entrance and Driver’s Cab: Non--slip steps and a handle on the roof pillar ensure easy entrance and
exit. The driver is protected by the roof (6). On the driver’s seat (7), the seat cushioning exit. The driver is protected by the roof (6). On the driver’s seat (7), the seat cushioning
and position are adjustable, and on the steering column (5) the angle of the steering and position are adjustable, and on the steering column (5) the angle of the steering
wheel can be modified. Simple operation by ergonomically arranged controls and a wheel can be modified. Simple operation by ergonomically arranged controls and a
virtually vibration--free driver’s cab means that minimum load is exerted on the driver. virtually vibration--free driver’s cab means that minimum load is exerted on the driver.
The control and warning displays on the instrument panel (4) allow monitoring of the The control and warning displays on the instrument panel (4) allow monitoring of the
systems during operation. As a result, the safety standard is very high. systems during operation. As a result, the safety standard is very high.
f The driver’s overhead guard must be checked prior to starting the truck for cracks, and
if damaged, must be repaired or replaced. f The driver’s overhead guard must be checked prior to starting the truck for cracks, and
if damaged, must be repaired or replaced.
Engine: A silent water--cooled engine with high power and low fuel consumption. The Engine: A silent water--cooled engine with high power and low fuel consumption. The
DFG series are fitted with diesel engines with very clean combustion under all DFG series are fitted with diesel engines with very clean combustion under all
operating conditions and with low soot output. In the TFG series, liquid petroleum gas operating conditions and with low soot output. In the TFG series, liquid petroleum gas
engines are fitted with a very low residual exhaust value. engines are fitted with a very low residual exhaust value.
Drive: A load gearbox with gear oil cooler and torque converter is flanged directly onto Drive: A load gearbox with gear oil cooler and torque converter is flanged directly onto
the engine. This transfers the power to the drive axle (12). the engine. This transfers the power to the drive axle (12).
The direction lever on the operating console selects forwards/reverse or neutral. The direction lever on the operating console selects forwards/reverse or neutral.
Steering: Hydrostatic steering with a steering cylinder integrated into the steering axle Steering: Hydrostatic steering with a steering cylinder integrated into the steering axle
(10). The steering axle is fully floating in the frame to ensure good ground holding even (10). The steering axle is fully floating in the frame to ensure good ground holding even
on uneven surfaces. on uneven surfaces.
Brakes: The creep/brake pedal operates two hydraulic drum brakes acting on the drive Brakes: The creep/brake pedal operates two hydraulic drum brakes acting on the drive
wheels. The drum brakes adjust automatically for wear. The parking brake acts wheels. The drum brakes adjust automatically for wear. The parking brake acts
mechanically via Bowden cables on the drum brakes when the parking brake lever is mechanically via Bowden cables on the drum brakes when the parking brake lever is
operated. operated.
Wheels: All wheels are within the truck contour. The tyres are either pneumatic or Wheels: All wheels are within the truck contour. The tyres are either pneumatic or
super--elastic tyres. super--elastic tyres.
Hydraulic System: The hydraulic system gear pump is driven by the engine via the Hydraulic System: The hydraulic system gear pump is driven by the engine via the
secondary take--off from the load gears. The pump speed and hence the transport secondary take--off from the load gears. The pump speed and hence the transport
volume is controlled by the engine speed via the accelerator pedal. volume is controlled by the engine speed via the accelerator pedal.
The hydraulic functions are controlled by the control lever via a multiple control valve. The hydraulic functions are controlled by the control lever via a multiple control valve.
Electrical System: 12 Volt system with starter battery and 3--phase alternator with Electrical System: 12 Volt system with starter battery and 3--phase alternator with
integral regulator. The starting repeat block prevents incorrect operation during integral regulator. The starting repeat block prevents incorrect operation during
starting and a safety circuit allows the engine to start only when the direction lever is in starting and a safety circuit allows the engine to start only when the direction lever is in
neutral. For diesel engines, a fast preglow system is fitted, whereas LPG engines have neutral. For diesel engines, a fast preglow system is fitted, whereas LPG engines have
a contactless electronic ignition system for fast easy starting of the engine. The engine a contactless electronic ignition system for fast easy starting of the engine. The engine
is turned off using the ignition/starter switch. is turned off using the ignition/starter switch.
1203.GB B3 1203.GB B3
2.2 Mast 2.2 Mast
Mast: The trucks are fitted with tilting telescopic clear--view masts. Lifting cylinders (1) Mast: The trucks are fitted with tilting telescopic clear--view masts. Lifting cylinders (1)
arranged behind the profile of the mast (3) raise the inner mast. The load chains (2) with arranged behind the profile of the mast (3) raise the inner mast. The load chains (2) with
pulley deflection raise the carriage (13) at the same time. The fork (14) is adjustably pulley deflection raise the carriage (13) at the same time. The fork (14) is adjustably
mounted on the carriage. Adjustable side rollers and sliders absorb the lateral pressure mounted on the carriage. Adjustable side rollers and sliders absorb the lateral pressure
on the carriage from an unbalanced load. on the carriage from an unbalanced load.
In the double telescopic mast (ZT), lift is achieved by extending the inner mast only. For In the double telescopic mast (ZT), lift is achieved by extending the inner mast only. For
double twin--lift masts (ZZ) and triple twin--lift masts (DZ), first the carriage with load double twin--lift masts (ZZ) and triple twin--lift masts (DZ), first the carriage with load
chains is raised via a short centrally--mounted cylinder and thus the first lift is possible chains is raised via a short centrally--mounted cylinder and thus the first lift is possible
without altering the truck height (special clearance lift). Only then is the inner mast without altering the truck height (special clearance lift). Only then is the inner mast
extended. extended.
Attachments: Mechanical and hydraulic attachments can be fitted (optional Attachments: Mechanical and hydraulic attachments can be fitted (optional
equipment). equipment).
2.3 Changes in operational requirements 2.3 Changes in operational requirements
Should the operation of your frontlift change so that additional features such as lights, Should the operation of your frontlift change so that additional features such as lights,
cab or auxiliary hydraulics, sideshift etc. are required, only officially approved cab or auxiliary hydraulics, sideshift etc. are required, only officially approved
attachments or ancillary equipment may be used. Consult your nearest Depot or attachments or ancillary equipment may be used. Consult your nearest Depot or
Distributor for advice regarding any changes in operating or load handling procedures, Distributor for advice regarding any changes in operating or load handling procedures,
which would necessitate alterations to the truck or ancillary equipment. which would necessitate alterations to the truck or ancillary equipment.
Under no circumstances should any unauthorised addition or modification be made to Under no circumstances should any unauthorised addition or modification be made to
the truck, mast or attachment as originally supplied. the truck, mast or attachment as originally supplied.
IMPORTANT IMPORTANT
If the frontlift is modified or used with attachments other than those originally supplied, If the frontlift is modified or used with attachments other than those originally supplied,
new rating plates must be affixed in the cab and in the European Economic Area (EEA) new rating plates must be affixed in the cab and in the European Economic Area (EEA)
countries the truck must be re-certified for conformity to the Machinery Directive countries the truck must be re-certified for conformity to the Machinery Directive
98/37/EEC as amended. 98/37/EEC as amended.
2.4 Safety devices 2.4 Safety devices
In addition to the driver’s overhead guard , the battery isolation switch and key operated In addition to the driver’s overhead guard , the battery isolation switch and key operated
ignition switch are classed as safety devices. ignition switch are classed as safety devices.
Battery isolation switch: The battery is connected and the truck is ready to run when Battery isolation switch: The battery is connected and the truck is ready to run when
the battery isolation switch is raised. The battery is isolated when the battery isolation the battery isolation switch is raised. The battery is isolated when the battery isolation
switch is in the depressed position. switch is in the depressed position.
Key operated ignition switch: The removal of an ignition key by an authorized driver Key operated ignition switch: The removal of an ignition key by an authorized driver
upon leaving the truck, will prevent the truck from being operated by any unauthorized upon leaving the truck, will prevent the truck from being operated by any unauthorized
person. The driver may not give the ignition key to another person without person. The driver may not give the ignition key to another person without
authorization. authorization.
B4 1203.GB B4 1203.GB
3 Technical Data - Standard Equipment 3 Technical Data - Standard Equipment
A Data to VDI 2198, subject to technical alterations and supplements

A Data to VDI 2198, subject to technical alterations and supplements
h4 h4
h3 h3
Q Q
h1 h6 h1 h6
h7 h7
h2 h2
m1 m2 m1 m2
C x y C x y
S S
l L2 l L2
e e
d d
B B
b b
1203.GB B5 1203.GB B5
Specification sheet for lift trucks DFG 16/20 AK Specification sheet for lift trucks DFG 16/20 AK
Code Code
No. Description AX-J No. Description AX-J
(Unit) (Unit)
1. Manufacturer Jungheinrich Jungheinrich 1. Manufacturer Jungheinrich Jungheinrich
1.2 Model Name DFG 16 AK DFG 20 AK 1.2 Model Name DFG 16 AK DFG 20 AK
1.3 Drive: Electric, Diesel, Gasolene, LPG, other Diesel Diesel 1.3 Drive: Electric, Diesel, Gasolene, LPG, other Diesel Diesel
fication
on
fication
on
Steering: Hand, Pedestrian, Standing, Seated, Order Steering: Hand, Pedestrian, Standing, Seated, Order
1.4 Seated Seated 1.4 Seated Seated
Picking Picking
Specifi
Specifi
1.5 Load Capacity Q(t) 1,6 2,0 1.5 Load Capacity Q(t) 1,6 2,0
Spe
Spe
1.6 Load Centre c(mm) 500 500 1.6 Load Centre c(mm) 500 500
1.8 Load Distance x(mm) 395 395 1.8 Load Distance x(mm) 395 395
1.9 Wheel Base y(mm) 1400 1400 1.9 Wheel Base y(mm) 1400 1400
2.1 Weight--unladen (kg) 3020 3270 2.1 Weight--unladen (kg) 3020 3270
W ght
W ght
2.2 Axle Loading laden, front/rear (kg) 4000/620 4600/670 2.2 Axle Loading laden, front/rear (kg) 4000/620 4600/670
Weig
Weig
2.3 Axle Loading unladen, front/rear (kg) 1320/1700 1240/2030 2.3 Axle Loading unladen, front/rear (kg) 1320/1700 1240/2030
Longitudinal stability 1,66 1,59 Longitudinal stability 1,66 1,59
Tyre type: Cushion, Super Elastic, Pneumatic, Tyre type: Cushion, Super Elastic, Pneumatic,
3.1 SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) 3.1 SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L)
Polyurethan Polyurethan
is
assis
is
assis
3.2 Tyre Size: front 6.50--10 (14PR) 6.50--10 (14PR) 3.2 Tyre Size: front 6.50--10 (14PR) 6.50--10 (14PR)
/Cha
/Cha
3.3 Tyre Size: rear 18x7--8 (16PR) 18x7--8 (16PR) 3.3 Tyre Size: rear 18x7--8 (16PR) 18x7--8 (16PR)
W eels/C
W eels/C
3.5 Wheels, Numbers front/rear (x=traction) 2x/2 2x/2 3.5 Wheels, Numbers front/rear (x=traction) 2x/2 2x/2
Whee
Whee
3.6 Track width, front b10(mm) 895 895 3.6 Track width, front b10(mm) 895 895
3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 870 (offset) 870 (offset) 3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 870 (offset) 870 (offset)
4.1 Tilt of Mast/Carriage, forward/backward Grad. 7/10 7/10 4.1 Tilt of Mast/Carriage, forward/backward Grad. 7/10 7/10
4.2 Mast Height, lowered h1(mm) 2080 2080 4.2 Mast Height, lowered h1(mm) 2080 2080
4.3 Free Lift h2(mm) 100 100 4.3 Free Lift h2(mm) 100 100
4.4 Lift Height h3(mm) 3090 3090 4.4 Lift Height h3(mm) 3090 3090
4.5 Height of extended mast h4(mm) 3670 3670 4.5 Height of extended mast h4(mm) 3670 3670
4.7 Height of overhead guard (Cabin) h6(mm) 2130 2130 4.7 Height of overhead guard (Cabin) h6(mm) 2130 2130
4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1005/1065 1005/1065 4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1005/1065 1005/1065
4.12 Coupling height h10(mm) 375/545 375/545 4.12 Coupling height h10(mm) 375/545 375/545
ons
s
ons
s
4.19 Overall Length l1(mm) 3245 3300 4.19 Overall Length l1(mm) 3245 3300
Di ensio
Di ensio
4.20 Length to Fork Face l2(mm) 2245 2300 4.20 Length to Fork Face l2(mm) 2245 2300
Dimen
Dimen
4.21 Overall Width b1/b2(mm) 1070 1070 4.21 Overall Width b1/b2(mm) 1070 1070
4.22 Fork Dimension s/e/l(mm) 40/100/1000 40/100/1000 4.22 Fork Dimension s/e/l(mm) 40/100/1000 40/100/1000
4.23 Carriage DIN 15173, ISO 2328, Class/Form A,B ISO 2A ISO 2A 4.23 Carriage DIN 15173, ISO 2328, Class/Form A,B ISO 2A ISO 2A
4.24 Fork Carriage width / outside forks b3(mm) 1000/849 1000/849 4.24 Fork Carriage width / outside forks b3(mm) 1000/849 1000/849
4.31 Ground Clearance laden under mast m1(mm) 115 115 4.31 Ground Clearance laden under mast m1(mm) 115 115
4.32 Ground Clearance at the centre of Wheel Base m2(mm) 135 135 4.32 Ground Clearance at the centre of Wheel Base m2(mm) 135 135
4.33 Aisle width with pallet 1000x1200 transverse Ast(mm) 3570 3615 4.33 Aisle width with pallet 1000x1200 transverse Ast(mm) 3570 3615
4.34 Aisle width with pallet 800x1200 Pallet longitudinal Ast(mm) 3770 3815 4.34 Aisle width with pallet 800x1200 Pallet longitudinal Ast(mm) 3770 3815
4.35 Turning Radius Wa(mm) 1975 2020 4.35 Turning Radius Wa(mm) 1975 2020
5.1 Travel Speed laden/unladen (km/h) 18,7/19,0 18,4/18,7 5.1 Travel Speed laden/unladen (km/h) 18,7/19,0 18,4/18,7
5.2 Lifting Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,61/0,65 0,60/0,65 5.2 Lifting Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,61/0,65 0,60/0,65
ance
e
ance
e
5.3 Lowering Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,56/0,48 0,57/0,48 5.3 Lowering Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,56/0,48 0,57/0,48
orma
orma
5.5 Draw-bar-pull laden/unladen (kN) 12,7/9,0 12,6/8,2 5.5 Draw-bar-pull laden/unladen (kN) 12,7/9,0 12,6/8,2
erfor
erfor
5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 26/23 23/21 5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 26/23 23/21
Pe
Pe
5.9 Acceleration time, laden/unladen s 5,0/4,5 5,1/4,4 5.9 Acceleration time, laden/unladen s 5,0/4,5 5,1/4,4
5.10 Service brake type mech./hydr. mech./hydr. 5.10 Service brake type mech./hydr. mech./hydr.
7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 404C.22 404C.22 7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 404C.22 404C.22
7.2 Engine Output to ISO 1585 (kw) 34,1 34,1 7.2 Engine Output to ISO 1585 (kw) 34,1 34,1
ngine
ne
ngine
ne
7.3 Rated Rotation (1/min) 2400 2400 7.3 Rated Rotation (1/min) 2400 2400
Eng
Eng
7.4 Nº of Cylinders/Displacement ( /cm#) 4/2216 4/2216 7.4 Nº of Cylinders/Displacement ( /cm#) 4/2216 4/2216
max. torque Nm/rpm 143/1800 135/1900 max. torque Nm/rpm 143/1800 135/1900
8.1 Type of Drive Control hydrodyn. hydrodyn. 8.1 Type of Drive Control hydrodyn. hydrodyn.
O ers
O ers
8.2 Hydraulic Oil Pressure for Attachments (bar) 160 160 8.2 Hydraulic Oil Pressure for Attachments (bar) 160 160
Othe
Othe
8.3 Oil flow for attachments l/min 45 45 8.3 Oil flow for attachments l/min 45 45
8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) <80 <80 8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) <80 <80
B6 1203.GB B6 1203.GB
Specification sheet for lift trucks TFG 16/20 AK Specification sheet for lift trucks TFG 16/20 AK
Code Code
No. Description AX-J No. Description AX-J
(Unit) (Unit)
1. Manufacturer Jungheinrich Jungheinrich 1. Manufacturer Jungheinrich Jungheinrich
1.2 Model Name TFG 16 AK TFG 20 AK 1.2 Model Name TFG 16 AK TFG 20 AK
1.3 Drive: Electric, Diesel, Gasolene, LPG, other LPG LPG 1.3 Drive: Electric, Diesel, Gasolene, LPG, other LPG LPG
fication
on
fication
on
1.4 Seated Seated 1.4 Seated Seated
Picking Picking
S ecifi
S ecifi
1.5 Load Capacity Q(t) 1,6 2,0 1.5 Load Capacity Q(t) 1,6 2,0
Spe
Spe
1.6 Load Centre c(mm) 500 500 1.6 Load Centre c(mm) 500 500
1.8 Load Distance x(mm) 395 395 1.8 Load Distance x(mm) 395 395
1.9 Wheel Base y(mm) 1400 1400 1.9 Wheel Base y(mm) 1400 1400
2.1 Weight--unladen (kg) 3000 3250 2.1 Weight--unladen (kg) 3000 3250
W ght
W ght
2.2 Axle Loading laden, front/rear (kg) 4030/570 4630/620 2.2 Axle Loading laden, front/rear (kg) 4030/570 4630/620
Weig
Weig
2.3 Axle Loading unladen, front/rear (kg) 1270/1730 1190/2060 2.3 Axle Loading unladen, front/rear (kg) 1270/1730 1190/2060
Longitudinal stability 1,69 1,61 Longitudinal stability 1,69 1,61
3.1 SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) 3.1 SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L)
is
assis
is
assis
3.2 Tyre Size: front 6.50--10 (14PR) 6.50--10 (14PR) 3.2 Tyre Size: front 6.50--10 (14PR) 6.50--10 (14PR)
/Cha
/Cha
3.3 Tyre Size: rear 18x7--8 (16PR) 18x7--8 (16PR) 3.3 Tyre Size: rear 18x7--8 (16PR) 18x7--8 (16PR)
W eels/C
W eels/C
3.5 Wheels, Numbers front/rear (x=traction) 2x/2 2x/2 3.5 Wheels, Numbers front/rear (x=traction) 2x/2 2x/2
Whee
Whee
3.6 Track width, front b10(mm) 895 895 3.6 Track width, front b10(mm) 895 895
3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 870 (offset) 870 (offset) 3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 870 (offset) 870 (offset)
4.1 Tilt of Mast/Carriage, forward/backward Grad. 7/10 7/10 4.1 Tilt of Mast/Carriage, forward/backward Grad. 7/10 7/10
4.2 Mast Height, lowered h1(mm) 2080 2080 4.2 Mast Height, lowered h1(mm) 2080 2080
4.3 Free Lift h2(mm) 100 100 4.3 Free Lift h2(mm) 100 100
4.4 Lift Height h3(mm) 3090 3090 4.4 Lift Height h3(mm) 3090 3090
4.5 Height of extended mast h4(mm) 3670 3670 4.5 Height of extended mast h4(mm) 3670 3670
4.7 Height of overhead guard (Cabin) h6(mm) 2130 2130 4.7 Height of overhead guard (Cabin) h6(mm) 2130 2130
4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1005/1065 1005/1065 4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1005/1065 1005/1065
4.12 Coupling height h10(mm) 375/545 375/545 4.12 Coupling height h10(mm) 375/545 375/545
ons
s
ons
s
4.19 Overall Length l1(mm) 3245 3300 4.19 Overall Length l1(mm) 3245 3300
Di ensio
Di ensio
4.20 Length to Fork Face l2(mm) 2245 2300 4.20 Length to Fork Face l2(mm) 2245 2300
Dimen
Dimen
4.21 Overall Width b1/b2(mm) 1070 1070 4.21 Overall Width b1/b2(mm) 1070 1070
4.22 Fork Dimension s/e/l(mm) 40/100/1000 40/100/1000 4.22 Fork Dimension s/e/l(mm) 40/100/1000 40/100/1000
4.23 Carriage DIN 15173, ISO 2328, Class/Form A,B ISO 2A ISO 2A 4.23 Carriage DIN 15173, ISO 2328, Class/Form A,B ISO 2A ISO 2A
4.24 Fork Carriage width / outside forks b3(mm) 1000/849 1000/849 4.24 Fork Carriage width / outside forks b3(mm) 1000/849 1000/849
4.31 Ground Clearance laden under mast m1(mm) 115 115 4.31 Ground Clearance laden under mast m1(mm) 115 115
4.32 Ground Clearance at the centre of Wheel Base m2(mm) 135 135 4.32 Ground Clearance at the centre of Wheel Base m2(mm) 135 135
4.33 Aisle width with pallet 1000x1200 transverse Ast(mm) 3570 3615 4.33 Aisle width with pallet 1000x1200 transverse Ast(mm) 3570 3615
4.34 Aisle width with pallet 800x1200 Pallet longitudinal Ast(mm) 3770 3815 4.34 Aisle width with pallet 800x1200 Pallet longitudinal Ast(mm) 3770 3815
4.35 Turning Radius Wa(mm) 1975 2020 4.35 Turning Radius Wa(mm) 1975 2020
5.1 Travel Speed laden/unladen (km/h) 18,5/19,5 18/19 5.1 Travel Speed laden/unladen (km/h) 18,5/19,5 18/19
5.2 Lifting Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,56/0,65 0,55/0,65 5.2 Lifting Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,56/0,65 0,55/0,65
ance
e
ance
e
5.3 Lowering Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,56/0,48 0,57/0,48 5.3 Lowering Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,56/0,48 0,57/0,48
orma
orma
5.5 Draw-bar-pull laden/unladen (kN) 10,1/8,6 9,8/7,8 5.5 Draw-bar-pull laden/unladen (kN) 10,1/8,6 9,8/7,8
erfor
erfor
5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 24/22 22/20 5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 24/22 22/20
Pe
Pe
5.9 Acceleration time, laden/unladen s 5,2/4,6 5,4/4,7 5.9 Acceleration time, laden/unladen s 5,2/4,6 5,4/4,7
5.10 Service brake type mech./hydr. mech./hydr. 5.10 Service brake type mech./hydr. mech./hydr.
7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model FE FE 7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model FE FE
7.2 Engine Output to ISO 1585 (kw) 26,0 26,0 7.2 Engine Output to ISO 1585 (kw) 26,0 26,0
ngine
ne
ngine
ne
7.3 Rated Rotation (1/min) 2400 2400 7.3 Rated Rotation (1/min) 2400 2400
Eng
Eng
7.4 Nº of Cylinders/Displacement ( /cm#) 4/1988 4/1988 7.4 Nº of Cylinders/Displacement ( /cm#) 4/1988 4/1988
max. torque Nm/rpm 120/1600 120/1600 max. torque Nm/rpm 120/1600 120/1600
8.1 Type of Drive Control hydrodyn. hydrodyn. 8.1 Type of Drive Control hydrodyn. hydrodyn.
O ers
O ers
8.2 Hydraulic Oil Pressure for Attachments (bar) 160 160 8.2 Hydraulic Oil Pressure for Attachments (bar) 160 160
Othe
Othe
8.3 Oil flow for attachments l/min 45 45 8.3 Oil flow for attachments l/min 45 45
8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) <80 <80 8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) <80 <80
1203.GB B7 1203.GB B7
Specification sheet for lift trucks DFG 20-- 30 BK Specification sheet for lift trucks DFG 20-- 30 BK
Code Code
No. Description BX-J No. Description BX-J
(Unit) (Unit)
1. Manufacturer Jungheinrich Jungheinrich Jungheinrich 1. Manufacturer Jungheinrich Jungheinrich Jungheinrich
1.2 Model Name DFG 20 BK DFG 25 BK DFG 30 BK 1.2 Model Name DFG 20 BK DFG 25 BK DFG 30 BK
1.3 Drive: Electric, Diesel, Gasolene, LPG, other Diesel Diesel Diesel 1.3 Drive: Electric, Diesel, Gasolene, LPG, other Diesel Diesel Diesel
fication
on
fication
on
1.4 Seated Seated Seated 1.4 Seated Seated Seated
Picking Picking
S ecifi
S ecifi
1.5 Load Capacity Q(t) 2,0 2,5 3,0 1.5 Load Capacity Q(t) 2,0 2,5 3,0
Spe
Spe
1.6 Load Centre c(mm) 500 500 500 1.6 Load Centre c(mm) 500 500 500
1.8 Load Distance x(mm) 450 450 480 1.8 Load Distance x(mm) 450 450 480
1.9 Wheel Base y(mm) 1685 1685 1685 1.9 Wheel Base y(mm) 1685 1685 1685
2.1 Weight--unladen (kg) 3760 4190 4540 2.1 Weight--unladen (kg) 3760 4190 4540
W ght
W ght
2.2 Axle Loading laden, front/rear (kg) 5220/540 5820/870 6680/860 2.2 Axle Loading laden, front/rear (kg) 5220/540 5820/870 6680/860
Weig
Weig
2.3 Axle Loading unladen, front/rear (kg) 2000/1760 1840/2350 1850/2690 2.3 Axle Loading unladen, front/rear (kg) 2000/1760 1840/2350 1850/2690
Longitudinal stability 1,54 1,65 1,48 Longitudinal stability 1,54 1,65 1,48
3.1 SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) 3.1 SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L)
is
assis
is
assis
3.2 Tyre Size: front 7.00--12 (12PR) 7.00--12 (12PR) 27x10--12 (14PR) 3.2 Tyre Size: front 7.00--12 (12PR) 7.00--12 (12PR) 27x10--12 (14PR)
/Cha
/Cha
3.3 Tyre Size: rear 6.50--10 (10PR) 6.50--10 (10PR) 6.50--10 (10PR) 3.3 Tyre Size: rear 6.50--10 (10PR) 6.50--10 (10PR) 6.50--10 (10PR)
W eels/C
W eels/C
3.5 Wheels, Numbers front/rear (x=traction) 2x/2 2x/2 2x/2 3.5 Wheels, Numbers front/rear (x=traction) 2x/2 2x/2 2x/2
Whee
Whee
3.6 Track width, front b10(mm) 990 990 1045 3.6 Track width, front b10(mm) 990 990 1045
3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 938 (offset) 938 (offset) 938 3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 938 (offset) 938 (offset) 938
4.1 Tilt of Mast/Carriage, forward/backward Grad. 6/6 6/6 6/6 4.1 Tilt of Mast/Carriage, forward/backward Grad. 6/6 6/6 6/6
4.2 Mast Height, lowered h1(mm) 2300 2300 2300 4.2 Mast Height, lowered h1(mm) 2300 2300 2300
4.3 Free Lift h2(mm) 150 150 150 4.3 Free Lift h2(mm) 150 150 150
4.4 Lift Height h3(mm) 3300 3300 3300 4.4 Lift Height h3(mm) 3300 3300 3300
4.5 Height of extended mast h4(mm) 3896 3896 3896 4.5 Height of extended mast h4(mm) 3896 3896 3896
4.7 Height of overhead guard (Cabin) h6(mm) 2220 2220 2220 4.7 Height of overhead guard (Cabin) h6(mm) 2220 2220 2220
4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1095/1065 1095/1065 1095/1065 4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1095/1065 1095/1065 1095/1065
4.12 Coupling height h10(mm) 440/615 440/615 440/615 4.12 Coupling height h10(mm) 440/615 440/615 440/615
ns
ns
nsion
nsion
4.19 Overall Length l1(mm) 3515 3525 3640 4.19 Overall Length l1(mm) 3515 3525 3640
D mens
D mens
4.20 Length to Fork Face l2(mm) 2515 2525 2640 4.20 Length to Fork Face l2(mm) 2515 2525 2640
Dim
Dim
4.21 Overall Width b1/b2(mm) 1170 1170 1285 4.21 Overall Width b1/b2(mm) 1170 1170 1285
4.22 Fork Dimension s/e/l(mm) 40/100/1000 40/100/1000 50/125/1000 4.22 Fork Dimension s/e/l(mm) 40/100/1000 40/100/1000 50/125/1000
4.23 Carriage DIN 15173, ISO 2328, Class/Form A,B ISO 2A ISO 2A ISO 3A 4.23 Carriage DIN 15173, ISO 2328, Class/Form A,B ISO 2A ISO 2A ISO 3A
4.31 Ground Clearance laden under mast m1(mm) 125 125 125 4.31 Ground Clearance laden under mast m1(mm) 125 125 125
4.32 Ground Clearance at the centre of Wheel Base m2(mm) 132 132 142 4.32 Ground Clearance at the centre of Wheel Base m2(mm) 132 132 142
4.33 Aisle width with pallet 1000x1200 transverse Ast(mm) 3925 3935 4050 4.33 Aisle width with pallet 1000x1200 transverse Ast(mm) 3925 3935 4050
4.34 Aisle width with pallet 800x1200 Pallet longitudinal Ast(mm) 4125 4135 4250 4.34 Aisle width with pallet 800x1200 Pallet longitudinal Ast(mm) 4125 4135 4250
4.35 Turning Radius Wa(mm) 2265 2275 2360 4.35 Turning Radius Wa(mm) 2265 2275 2360
5.1 Travel Speed laden/unladen (km/h) 18,7/18,9 18,5/18,7 18,6/18,8 5.1 Travel Speed laden/unladen (km/h) 18,7/18,9 18,5/18,7 18,6/18,8
5.2 Lifting Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,56/0,60 0,56/0,60 0,55/0,60 5.2 Lifting Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,56/0,60 0,56/0,60 0,55/0,60
ance
e
ance
e
5.3 Lowering Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,53/0,55 0,53/0,55 0,55/0,52 5.3 Lowering Speed laden/unladen (m/s) 0,53/0,55 0,53/0,55 0,55/0,52
orma
orma
5.5 Draw-bar-pull laden/unladen (kN) 16,9/11,8 16,7/10,8 16,6/12,2 5.5 Draw-bar-pull laden/unladen (kN) 16,9/11,8 16,7/10,8 16,6/12,2
erfor
erfor
5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 31/31 26/25 22/27 5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 31/31 26/25 22/27
Pe
Pe
5.9 Acceleration time, laden/unladen s 5,0/4,6 5,12/4,50 5,5/4,7 5.9 Acceleration time, laden/unladen s 5,0/4,6 5,12/4,50 5,5/4,7
5.10 Service brake type mech./hydr. mech./hydr. mech./hydr. 5.10 Service brake type mech./hydr. mech./hydr. mech./hydr.
704.30/704.26 704.30/704.26 704.30/704.26 704.30/704.26 704.30/704.26 704.30/704.26
7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model
(12.03 an later) (12.03 an later) (12.03 an later) (12.03 an later) (12.03 an later) (12.03 an later)
7.2 Engine Output to ISO 1585 (kw) 40 40 40 7.2 Engine Output to ISO 1585 (kw) 40 40 40
En ine
En ine
Engin
7.3 Rated Rotation (1/min) 2100 2100 2100 Engin 7.3 Rated Rotation (1/min) 2100 2100 2100
7.4 Nº of Cylinders/Displacement ( /cm#) 4/2955 4/2955 4/2955 7.4 Nº of Cylinders/Displacement ( /cm#) 4/2955 4/2955 4/2955
max. torque Nm/rpm 190/1600 190/1600 190/1600 max. torque Nm/rpm 190/1600 190/1600 190/1600
8.1 Type of Drive Control hydrodyn. hydrodyn. hydrodyn. 8.1 Type of Drive Control hydrodyn. hydrodyn. hydrodyn.
O ers
O ers
8.2 Hydraulic Oil Pressure for Attachments (bar) 160 160 160 8.2 Hydraulic Oil Pressure for Attachments (bar) 160 160 160
Othe
Othe
8.3 Oil flow for attachments l/min 60 60 60 8.3 Oil flow for attachments l/min 60 60 60
8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) <80 <80 <80 8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) <80 <80 <80
B8 1203.GB B8 1203.GB
Specification sheet for lift trucks TFG 20-- 30 BK Specification sheet for lift trucks TFG 20-- 30 BK
Code Code
No. Description BX-J No. Description BX-J
(Unit) (Unit)
1.2 Model Name TFG 20 BK TFG 25 BK TFG 30 BK 1.2 Model Name TFG 20 BK TFG 25 BK TFG 30 BK
1.3 Drive: Electric, Diesel, Gasolene, LPG, other LPG LPG LPG 1.3 Drive: Electric, Diesel, Gasolene, LPG, other LPG LPG LPG
fication
on
fication
on
1.4 Seated Seated Seated 1.4 Seated Seated Seated
Picking Picking
S ecifi
S ecifi
Spe
Spe
W ght
W ght
Weig
Weig
Longitudinal stability 1,54 1,65 1,48 Longitudinal stability 1,54 1,65 1,48
3.1 SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) 3.1 SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L)
is
assis
is
assis
3.2 Tyre Size: front 7.00--12 (12PR) 7.00--12 (12PR) 27x10--12 (14PR) 3.2 Tyre Size: front 7.00--12 (12PR) 7.00--12 (12PR) 27x10--12 (14PR)
/Cha
/Cha
W eels/C
W eels/C
Whee
Whee
3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 938 (offset) 938 (offset) 938 3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 938 (offset) 938 (offset) 938
ns
ns
nsion
nsion
D mens
D mens
Dim
Dim
ance
e
ance
e
orma
orma
erfor
erfor
5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 30/31 26/25 22/27 5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 30/31 26/25 22/27
Pe
Pe
5.10 Service brake type mech.hydr. mech.hydr. mech.hydr. 5.10 Service brake type mech.hydr. mech.hydr. mech.hydr.
7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 3.0 L4 3.0 L4 3.0 L4 7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 3.0 L4 3.0 L4 3.0 L4
ngine
ne
ngine
ne
7.3 Rated Rotation (1/min) 2200 2200 2200 7.3 Rated Rotation (1/min) 2200 2200 2200
Eng
Eng
O ers
O ers
Othe
Othe
8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) <80 <80 <80 8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) <80 <80 <80
1203.GB B9 1203.GB B9
Specification sheet for lift trucks DFG 40-- 50 CK Specification sheet for lift trucks DFG 40-- 50 CK
Code Code
No. Description CX-J No. Description CX-J
(Unit) (Unit)
1.2 Model Name DFG 40 CK DFG 45 CK DFG 50 CK 1.2 Model Name DFG 40 CK DFG 45 CK DFG 50 CK
on
on
catio
catio
1.4 Steering: Hand, Pedestrian, Standing, Seated Seated Seated Seated 1.4 Steering: Hand, Pedestrian, Standing, Seated Seated Seated Seated
S ecific
S ecific
Spec
Spec
W ght
W ght
Weig
Weig
Longitudinal stability Longitudinal stability
3.1 Tyre type: Cushion, Super Elastic, Pneu., Polyurethan SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) 3.1 Tyre type: Cushion, Super Elastic, Pneu., Polyurethan SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L) SE(L)/SE(L)
s
assis
s
assis
3.2 Tyre Size: front 8.25--15 (18PR) 8.25--15 (18PR) 3.00--15 (18PR) 3.2 Tyre Size: front 8.25--15 (18PR) 8.25--15 (18PR) 3.00--15 (18PR)
Chas
Chas
Wh els/C
Wh els/C
Wheel
Wheel
3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 1163 1163 1163 3.7 Track width, rear b11(mm) 1163 1163 1163
4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1225 1225 1225 4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1225 1225 1225
ns
ns
sion
sion
D mens
D mens
Dim
Dim
4.24 Fork Carriage Width b3 1260 1260 1260 4.24 Fork Carriage Width b3 1260 1260 1260
4.36 Smallest Distance to Pivot Point b13 900 900 900 4.36 Smallest Distance to Pivot Point b13 900 900 900
ance
e
ance
e
orman
orman
erfor
erfor
5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 33,5/26,8 30,7/25,2 28/23,3 5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 33,5/26,8 30,7/25,2 28/23,3
Per
Per
7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 1004.4 2 1004.4 2 1004.4 2 7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 1004.4 2 1004.4 2 1004.4 2
ngine
ne
ngine
ne
Eng
Eng
max. torque Nm/rpm max. torque Nm/rpm
thers
rs
thers
rs
Oth
Oth
8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) 78 78 78 8.4 Noise Level at Operator’s Ear dB(A) 78 78 78
8.5 Trailer Coupling Type / DIN Type 15170 / type h 15170 / type h 15170 / type h 8.5 Trailer Coupling Type / DIN Type 15170 / type h 15170 / type h 15170 / type h
B 10 1203.GB B 10 1203.GB
Specification sheet for lift trucks DFG 40-- 50 CK (09/03 and later) Specification sheet for lift trucks DFG 40-- 50 CK (09/03 and later)
Code Code
(Unit) (Unit)
1.2 Model Name DFG 40 CK DFG 45 CK DFG 50 CK 1.2 Model Name DFG 40 CK DFG 45 CK DFG 50 CK
on
on
catio
catio
S ecific
S ecific
Spec
Spec
W ght
W ght
Weig
Weig
s
assis
s
assis
Chas
Chas
3.3 Tyre Size: rear 28 x 9 -- 15 28 x 9 -- 15 28 x 9 -- 15 3.3 Tyre Size: rear 28 x 9 -- 15 28 x 9 -- 15 28 x 9 -- 15
Wh els/C
Wh els/C
Wheel
Wheel
ns
ns
sion
sion
D mens
D mens
Dim
Dim
ance
e
ance
e
orman
orman
erfor
erfor
5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 36/34 34/33 25,5/25,7 5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 36/34 34/33 25,5/25,7
Per
Per
5.9 Acceleration time, laden/unladen s 5/4,5 5/4,5 5,1/4,5 5.9 Acceleration time, laden/unladen s 5/4,5 5/4,5 5,1/4,5
7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 1104C--44 1104C--44 1104C--44 7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 1104C--44 1104C--44 1104C--44
7.2 Engine Output to ISO 1585 (kw) 61,5 61,5 61,5 7.2 Engine Output to ISO 1585 (kw) 61,5 61,5 61,5
ngine
ne
ngine
ne
Eng
Eng
thers
rs
thers
rs
Oth
Oth
1203.GB B 11 1203.GB B 11
Specification sheet for lift trucks TFG 40-- 50 CK Specification sheet for lift trucks TFG 40-- 50 CK
Code Code
(Unit) (Unit)
1.2 Model Name TFG 40 CK TFG 45 CK TFG 50 CK 1.2 Model Name TFG 40 CK TFG 45 CK TFG 50 CK
on
on
catio
catio
S ecific
S ecific
Spec
Spec
W ght
W ght
Weig
Weig
s
assis
s
assis
Chas
Chas
Wh els/C
Wh els/C
Wheel
Wheel
4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1225 1225 1225 4.8 Seat Height / Head clearance (SIP 100mm) h7(mm) 1225 1225 1225
ns
ns
sion
sion
D mens
D mens
Dim
Dim
ance
e
ance
e
orman
orman
erfor
erfor
5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 33,5/26 30,7/24,5 28/22,6 5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 33,5/26 30,7/24,5 28/22,6
Per
Per
7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 4.3 V6 4.3 V6 4.3 V6 7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 4.3 V6 4.3 V6 4.3 V6
ngine
ne
ngine
ne
Eng
Eng
thers
rs
thers
rs
Oth
Oth
B 12 1203.GB B 12 1203.GB
Specification sheet for lift trucks TFG 40-- 50 CK (09/03 and later) Specification sheet for lift trucks TFG 40-- 50 CK (09/03 and later)
Code Code
(Unit) (Unit)
1.2 Model Name TFG 40 CK TFG 45 CK TFG 50 CK 1.2 Model Name TFG 40 CK TFG 45 CK TFG 50 CK
on
on
catio
catio
S ecific
S ecific
Spec
Spec
W ght
W ght
Weig
Weig
s
assis
s
assis
Chas
Chas
3.3 Tyre Size: rear 28 x 9 -- 15 28 x 9 -- 15 28 x 9 -- 15 3.3 Tyre Size: rear 28 x 9 -- 15 28 x 9 -- 15 28 x 9 -- 15
Wh els/C
Wh els/C
Wheel
Wheel
ns
ns
sion
sion
D mens
D mens
Dim
Dim
ance
e
ance
e
orman
orman
erfor
erfor
5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 35,9/31 34/30 24,9/22 5.7 Gradeability laden/unladen (%) 35,9/31 34/30 24,9/22
Per
Per
7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 4.3 V6 4.3 V6 4.3 V6 7.1 Engine Manufacturer/Model 4.3 V6 4.3 V6 4.3 V6
ngine
ne
ngine
ne
Eng
Eng
thers
rs
thers
rs
Oth
Oth
1203.GB B 13 1203.GB B 13
3.1 Data tables - DFG/TFG 16/20 AK 3.1 Data tables - DFG/TFG 16/20 AK
Steer system Steer system
TYPE Full Hydrostatic TYPE Full Hydrostatic
PUMP As Main Hydraulic System PUMP As Main Hydraulic System
HAND PUMP Type OSPB 70 HAND PUMP Type OSPB 70
NUMBER OF TURNS LOCK TO LOCK 5 NUMBER OF TURNS LOCK TO LOCK 5
Drive axle Drive axle

TYPE Transaxle single speed TYPE Transaxle single speed
REDUCTION RATIO Axle 13.59 : 1 REDUCTION RATIO Axle 13.59 : 1
LUBRICANT CAPACITY 5 litres (8.8 imp. pints) LUBRICANT CAPACITY 5 litres (8.8 imp. pints)
Transmission Transmission
TYPE Transaxle Single Speed TYPE Transaxle Single Speed
Axle: 13.59 : 1 Axle: 13.59 : 1
REDUCTION RATIO REDUCTION RATIO
Torque Converter: 2.545 : 1 Torque Converter: 2.545 : 1
7 litres (12.3 imp. pints) 7 litres (12.3 imp. pints)
OIL CAPACITY OIL CAPACITY
Oil Change:-- 5 litres (8.8 imp. pints) Oil Change:-- 5 litres (8.8 imp. pints)
Engine - DFG 16/20 AK Engine - DFG 16/20 AK

TYPE 404C--22 In--line four cylinder. TYPE 404C--22 In--line four cylinder.
FIRING ORDER 1 3 4 2 FIRING ORDER 1 3 4 2
GOVERNED SPEED 2590 rpm (no load), GOVERNED SPEED 2590 rpm (no load),
825 rpm (idle) 825 rpm (idle)
VALVE CLEARANCE 0.20mm (0.008in) Cold VALVE CLEARANCE 0.20mm (0.008in) Cold
OIL PRESSURE 4.5 bar (65 lbf in@) @ 2300rpm OIL PRESSURE 4.5 bar (65 lbf in@) @ 2300rpm
SUMP CAPACITY 8.9 litre (15.6 imp. pints) SUMP CAPACITY 8.9 litre (15.6 imp. pints)
FUEL TANK CAPACITY 42 litre (74 imp. pints) FUEL TANK CAPACITY 42 litre (74 imp. pints)
COOLANT CAPACITY 7.0 litre (12 imp. pints) COOLANT CAPACITY 7.0 litre (12 imp. pints)
Engine - TFG 16/20 AK Engine - TFG 16/20 AK

TYPE FE 2.0 In-line four cylinder TYPE FE 2.0 In-line four cylinder
CAPACITY 1998cc CAPACITY 1998cc
GOVERNED SPEED 3100 rpm (no load) GOVERNED SPEED 3100 rpm (no load)
OIL PRESSURE 3.0 bar (44 lbf in@) @ 2300rpm OIL PRESSURE 3.0 bar (44 lbf in@) @ 2300rpm
SPARK PLUG TYPE NGK BPR 2E or DENSO W9EXR--U SPARK PLUG TYPE NGK BPR 2E or DENSO W9EXR--U
SPARK PLUG ELECTRODE GAP 0.80mm (0.031 in) SPARK PLUG ELECTRODE GAP 0.80mm (0.031 in)
CONTACT BREAKER GAP Not Applicable (electronic ignition) CONTACT BREAKER GAP Not Applicable (electronic ignition)
SUMP CAPACITY 4.3 litre (7.5 imp. pints) SUMP CAPACITY 4.3 litre (7.5 imp. pints)
FUEL TANK CAPACITY Not Applicable FUEL TANK CAPACITY Not Applicable
COOLANT CAPACITY 9.0 litre (16 imp. pints) COOLANT CAPACITY 9.0 litre (16 imp. pints)
Air cleaner Air cleaner

TYPE Cyclopac -- Dry Element TYPE Cyclopac -- Dry Element
B 14 1203.GB B 14 1203.GB
Brake system Brake system
TYPE Hydraulically operated brakes on drive axle TYPE Hydraulically operated brakes on drive axle
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical, acting through cable and linkages PARKING BRAKE Mechanical, acting through cable and linkages
FLUID CAPACITY 0.45 Litre (0.79 imp. pints) FLUID CAPACITY 0.45 Litre (0.79 imp. pints)
Wheels and tyres Wheels and tyres

TYRE SIZE See Spec. Sheet TYRE SIZE See Spec. Sheet
Model Drive -- bar (lbf in@) Steer -- bar (lbf in@) Model Drive -- bar (lbf in@) Steer -- bar (lbf in@)
TYRE PRESSURES TYRE PRESSURES
DFG/TFG AK 7.75 (112) 9.0 (131) DFG/TFG AK 7.75 (112) 9.0 (131)
Model Drive -- Nm (lbf ft) Steer -- Nm (lbf ft) Model Drive -- Nm (lbf ft) Steer -- Nm (lbf ft)
WHEEL NUT TORQUE WHEEL NUT TORQUE
DFG/TFG AK 235 (173) 176 (130) DFG/TFG AK 235 (173) 176 (130)
Tyres Tyres
APPLICATION TYRE SIZE CONSTRUCTION MODEL APPLICATION TYRE SIZE CONSTRUCTION MODEL
Drive 6.50x10 PR Drive 6.50x10 PR
Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG AK Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG AK
Steer 18x7 PR Steer 18x7 PR
Drive 6.50x10 Drive 6.50x10

Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG AK Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG AK
Steer 18x7 Steer 18x7
Drive 23x9x10 PR Drive 23x9x10 PR

Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG AK Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG AK
Steer 18x7 PR Steer 18x7 PR
Drive 23x9x10 Drive 23x9x10

Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG AK Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG AK
Steer 18x7 Steer 18x7
A Tyres not conforming to the original technical specification should not be fitted.
Noise
Noise
PERSISTENT SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL <80 dB (A) PERSISTENT SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL <80 dB (A)
to EN 12053 in accordance with ISO 4871. The persistent sound pressure level is a value to EN 12053 in accordance with ISO 4871. The persistent sound pressure level is a value
determined according to the standard and takes determined according to the standard and takes
into account the sound pressure level during into account the sound pressure level during
driving, lifting and on idle. The sound pressure driving, lifting and on idle. The sound pressure
level is measured at the driver’s ear. level is measured at the driver’s ear.
Vibration Vibration
AVERAGE WHOLE BODY VIBRATION VALUE 0,57 m/s@ AVERAGE WHOLE BODY VIBRATION VALUE 0,57 m/s@
to Document EN 13059 The vibration acceleration acting on the body in to Document EN 13059 The vibration acceleration acting on the body in
its operating position is the linear integrated its operating position is the linear integrated
weighted acceleration in the vertical according to weighted acceleration in the vertical according to
the standard. It is determined when passing the standard. It is determined when passing
thresholds at a constant speed. thresholds at a constant speed.
Electrical system Electrical system

SYSTEM 12 Volt Negative Earth SYSTEM 12 Volt Negative Earth
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) Observation of the following limit values to prod- ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) Observation of the following limit values to prod-
uct standard “Industrial Trucks Electromagnetic uct standard “Industrial Trucks Electromagnetic
Compatibility (9/95)”. Compatibility (9/95)”.
S Interference emissions (EN 50081--1) S Interference emissions (EN 50081--1)
S Interference resistance (EN 50 082--2) S Interference resistance (EN 50 082--2)
S Electrostatic discharge (EN 61000--4--2) S Electrostatic discharge (EN 61000--4--2)
1203.GB B 15 1203.GB B 15
Hydraulic system Hydraulic system
HYDRAULIC PUMP 1PX Series HYDRAULIC PUMP 1PX Series
CONTROL VALVE 5000 Series CONTROL VALVE 5000 Series
STEERING PRESSURE 106 bar (1537 lbf in@) STEERING PRESSURE 106 bar (1537 lbf in@)
MAIN PRESSURE 215 bar (3118 lbf in@) MAIN PRESSURE 215 bar (3118 lbf in@)
TANK CAPACITY 46 litre (81 imp. pints) TANK CAPACITY 46 litre (81 imp. pints)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CAPACITY 51 litre (29 imp. pints) HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CAPACITY 51 litre (29 imp. pints)
Conditions of Use Conditions of Use

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
S in operation --15_C to +40_C S in operation --15_C to +40_C
A For constant use below 0_C, it is recommended that the hydraulic system be fitted with
frost--resistant oil to the manufacturer’s specification. A For constant use below 0_C, it is recommended that the hydraulic system be fitted with
frost--resistant oil to the manufacturer’s specification.
For use in refrigerated areas or for extreme temperature and humidity changes, For use in refrigerated areas or for extreme temperature and humidity changes,
special equipment and a licence are required for industrial trucks. special equipment and a licence are required for industrial trucks.
3.2 Data tables - DFG/TFG 20-- 30 BK 3.2 Data tables - DFG/TFG 20-- 30 BK
HAND PUMP Type OSPC 70--LS HAND PUMP Type OSPC 70--LS
NUMBER OF TURNS LOCK TO LOCK 4.75 NUMBER OF TURNS LOCK TO LOCK 4.75
Drive axle Drive axle

TYPE Double Reduction TYPE Double Reduction
REDUCTION RATIO 10.736 : 1 REDUCTION RATIO 10.736 : 1
LUBRICANT CAPACITY Diff Unit: 3.5 litres (6 imp. pints). LUBRICANT CAPACITY Diff Unit: 3.5 litres (6 imp. pints).
Hubs: 1.0 litre (1.76 imp. pints) Hubs: 1.0 litre (1.76 imp. pints)
Transmission Transmission
TYPE Transaxle Single Speed TYPE Transaxle Single Speed
REDUCTION RATIO Axle 15.42 : 1 REDUCTION RATIO Axle 15.42 : 1
12 Litres (21.1 Imp. Pints) 12 Litres (21.1 Imp. Pints)
OIL CAPACITY OIL CAPACITY
Oil Change:-- 5 Litres (8.8 Imp. Pints) Oil Change:-- 5 Litres (8.8 Imp. Pints)
Engine - DFG BK Engine - DFG BK

704.30 / 704.26 (12/03 and later) 704.30 / 704.26 (12/03 and later)
TYPE TYPE
four cylinder direct injection four cylinder direct injection
CAPACITY 2955 cc (704.30) / 2555 cc (704.26) CAPACITY 2955 cc (704.30) / 2555 cc (704.26)
2400 rpm (Type 704.30 no load) 2400 rpm (Type 704.30 no load)
2650 rpm (Type 704.26 no load) 2650 rpm (Type 704.26 no load)
GOVERNED SPEED GOVERNED SPEED
680 rpm (idle 704.30) 680 rpm (idle 704.30)
800 rpm (idle 704.26) 800 rpm (idle 704.26)
VALVE CLEARANCE Inlet & Exhaust 0.35mm (0.014in) cold VALVE CLEARANCE Inlet & Exhaust 0.35mm (0.014in) cold
OIL CAPACITY 8.0 litres (14 imp. pints) OIL CAPACITY 8.0 litres (14 imp. pints)
FUEL TANK CAPACITY 58 litres (102 imp. pints) FUEL TANK CAPACITY 58 litres (102 imp. pints)
COOLANT CAPACITY 10.7 litres (19 imp. pints) COOLANT CAPACITY 10.7 litres (19 imp. pints)
B 16 1203.GB B 16 1203.GB
Engine - TFG BK Engine - TFG BK
TYPE 3.0L L4 four cylinder four stroke LPG TYPE 3.0L L4 four cylinder four stroke LPG
SPARK PLUG TYPE AC Delco R46TS SPARK PLUG TYPE AC Delco R46TS
OIL CAPACITY 4.73 litres (8.3 imp. pints) OIL CAPACITY 4.73 litres (8.3 imp. pints)
COOLANT CAPACITY 9.2 litres (16 imp. pints) COOLANT CAPACITY 9.2 litres (16 imp. pints)

Brake system Brake system

TYPE Hydraulically operated brakes on drive axle TYPE Hydraulically operated brakes on drive axle
FLUID CAPACITY 0.5 Litre (0.88 imp. pints) FLUID CAPACITY 0.5 Litre (0.88 imp. pints)

Drive Steer Drive Steer

Model Model
bar (lbf in@) bar (lbf in@) bar (lbf in@) bar (lbf in@)
TYRE PRESSURES TYRE PRESSURES
DFG/TFG 20/25 BK 8.5 (123) 8.5 (123) DFG/TFG 20/25 BK 8.5 (123) 8.5 (123)
DFG/TFG 30 BK 8.5 (123) 7.5 (109) DFG/TFG 30 BK 8.5 (123) 7.5 (109)

Model Model
WHEEL NUT TORQUE
Q Nm (lbf ft) Nm (lbf ft) WHEEL NUT TORQUE
Q Nm (lbf ft) Nm (lbf ft)
DFG/TFG 20--30 BK 235 (173) 165 (122) DFG/TFG 20--30 BK 235 (173) 165 (122)
Tyres Tyres
Drive 7.00x12x12 PR Drive 7.00x12x12 PR
Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG 20/25 BK Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG 20/25 BK
Steer 6.50x10x10 PR Steer 6.50x10x10 PR
Drive 27x10x12 PR Drive 27x10x12 PR

Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG 30 BK Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG 30 BK
Steer 6.50x10x10 PR Steer 6.50x10x10 PR

Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 20/25 BK Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 20/25 BK
Steer 6.50x10 Steer 6.50x10

Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 30 BK Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 30 BK

Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG 20/25 BK Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG 20/25 BK
1203.GB B 17 1203.GB B 17
Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG 30 BK Pneumatic Crossply DFG/TFG 30 BK

Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 30 BK Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 30 BK
Noise Noise
Vibration Vibration



B 18 1203.GB B 18 1203.GB
3.3 Data tables - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK 3.3 Data tables - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK
HAND PUMP Type OSPC--150--LS HAND PUMP Type OSPC--150--LS
NUMBER OF TURNS LOCK TO LOCK 4,75 NUMBER OF TURNS LOCK TO LOCK 4,75
Drive axle - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Drive axle - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

TYPE Double Reduction TYPE Double Reduction
REDUCTION RATIO PST2 10.736 : 1 -- Single & Twin Drive Wheels REDUCTION RATIO PST2 10.736 : 1 -- Single & Twin Drive Wheels
LUBRICANT CAPACITY LUBRICANT CAPACITY
Diff Unit 3.5 litres (6 imp. pints) -- Single Drive Wheels Diff Unit 3.5 litres (6 imp. pints) -- Single Drive Wheels
4.5 litres (7.92 imp. pints) -- Twin Drive Wheels 4.5 litres (7.92 imp. pints) -- Twin Drive Wheels
Hubs 1.0 litre (1.76 imp pints) Hubs 1.0 litre (1.76 imp pints)
Drive coupling - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Drive coupling - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

PROPSHAFT Mechanic Type PROPSHAFT Mechanic Type
Transmission - PST2 - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Transmission - PST2 - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

TYPE PST2 : 2 Speed Fully Reversing Powershift TYPE PST2 : 2 Speed Fully Reversing Powershift
TORQUE MULTIPLICATION 2.86 : 1 TORQUE MULTIPLICATION 2.86 : 1
High -- 1.241 : 1 Forward and Reverse High -- 1.241 : 1 Forward and Reverse
GEAR RATIO GEAR RATIO
Low -- 2.55 : 1 Forward and Reverse Low -- 2.55 : 1 Forward and Reverse
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (Normal) 80--100˚C (176--212˚F OPERATING TEMPERATURE (Normal) 80--100˚C (176--212˚F
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE (Intermittent) 120˚c (248˚F) MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE (Intermittent) 120˚c (248˚F)
INTERNAL PRESSURES Bar (lbf in2) INTERNAL PRESSURES Bar (lbf in2)
MAIN REGULATING 8.5--9.5 123--138 MAIN REGULATING 8.5--9.5 123--138
CLUTCHES 8--9 116--131 CLUTCHES 8--9 116--131
CONVERTER CHARGE 4--5 58--73 CONVERTER CHARGE 4--5 58--73
CONVERTER OUTLET 2--3 29--44 CONVERTER OUTLET 2--3 29--44
OIL CAPACITY 12.5 litres (22 Imp. Pints) Approx. check dipstick OIL CAPACITY 12.5 litres (22 Imp. Pints) Approx. check dipstick
Engine - DFG 40-- 50 CK Engine - DFG 40-- 50 CK

1004.4 2 / 11C--44 (09.03 and later) 1004.4 2 / 11C--44 (09.03 and later)
TYPE TYPE
four cylinder direct injection. four cylinder direct injection.
FIRING ORDER 1342 FIRING ORDER 1342
2350 rpm (Type 1004.4--2 no load) 2350 rpm (Type 1004.4--2 no load)
2350 rpm (Type 1104C--44 no load) 2350 rpm (Type 1104C--44 no load)
GOVERNED SPEED GOVERNED SPEED
680 rpm (idle 1004.4--2) 680 rpm (idle 1004.4--2)
800 rpm (idle 1104C--44) 800 rpm (idle 1104C--44)
Inlet 0.20mm (0.008in) Cold Inlet 0.20mm (0.008in) Cold
VALVE CLEARANCE VALVE CLEARANCE
Exhaust 0.45mm (0.018in) Cold. Exhaust 0.45mm (0.018in) Cold.
OIL PRESSURE 2.75--4.5 bar (40--65 lbf in@) OIL PRESSURE 2.75--4.5 bar (40--65 lbf in@)
SUMP CAPACITY 6.9 litre (12 imp. pints) approx. check dipstick. SUMP CAPACITY 6.9 litre (12 imp. pints) approx. check dipstick.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY 70 litre (123 imp. pints) FUEL TANK CAPACITY 70 litre (123 imp. pints)
COOLANT CAPACITY 16 litre (29 imp. pints) COOLANT CAPACITY 16 litre (29 imp. pints)
1203.GB B 19 1203.GB B 19
Engine - TFG 40-- 50 CK Engine - TFG 40-- 50 CK
TYPE 4.3L V6 six cylinder four stroke LPG TYPE 4.3L V6 six cylinder four stroke LPG
FIRING ORDER 1 6 5 4 3 2 FIRING ORDER 1 6 5 4 3 2
SPARK PLUG TYPE AC Delco 41--932 SPARK PLUG TYPE AC Delco 41--932
OIL CAPACITY 4.7 litres (8.3 imp. pints) OIL CAPACITY 4.7 litres (8.3 imp. pints)
COOLANT CAPACITY (engine only) 7.3 litres (13 imp. pints) COOLANT CAPACITY (engine only) 7.3 litres (13 imp. pints)

Brake system - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Brake system - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

TYPE Hydraulically Operated With Servo Assistance TYPE Hydraulically Operated With Servo Assistance
FLUID CAPACITY 0.29 litre (0.5 imp. pints) FLUID CAPACITY 0.29 litre (0.5 imp. pints)


TYRE PRESSURES Model TYRE PRESSURES Model
bar (lbf in@) bar (lbf in@) bar (lbf in@) bar (lbf in@)
All 8.5 (123) 8.5 (123) All 8.5 (123) 8.5 (123)

WHEEL NUT TORQUE Model WHEEL NUT TORQUE Model
Nm (lbf ft) Nm (lbf ft) Nm (lbf ft) Nm (lbf ft)
WHEEL NUT TORQUE DFG/TFG 40--50 CK 600 (444) 500--520 (370/383) WHEEL NUT TORQUE DFG/TFG 40--50 CK 600 (444) 500--520 (370/383)
B 20 1203.GB B 20 1203.GB
Tyres Tyres
Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 40/45 CK Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 40/45 CK
Drive (Twin) 7.50x15 Drive (Twin) 7.50x15


Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 50 CK Pneumatic Profile Solid DFG/TFG 50 CK
Drive 300x15 Drive 300x15

Tyres (09/03 and later) Tyres (09/03 and later)

Steer 28 x 9 -- 15 Steer 28 x 9 -- 15

Steer 28 x 9 -- 15 Steer 28 x 9 -- 15

Steer 28 x 9 -- 15 Steer 28 x 9 -- 15

Steer 28 x 9 -- 15 Steer 28 x 9 -- 15
1203.GB B 21 1203.GB B 21
Noise Noise
Vibration Vibration
The vibration values acting on the operator’s body in the x, y, z directions: The vibration values acting on the operator’s body in the x, y, z directions:
Permitted values Actual values Permitted values Actual values
x = 90 cm/s@ x = 38.9 cm/s@ x = 90 cm/s@ x = 38.9 cm/s@
y = 45 cm/s@ y = 22.8 cm/s@ y = 45 cm/s@ y = 22.8 cm/s@
z = 63 cm/s@ z = 59.7 cm/s@ z = 63 cm/s@ z = 59.7 cm/s@



B 22 1203.GB B 22 1203.GB
4 Labels and Plates 4 Labels and Plates
16 17.1 17.2 16 17.1 17.2
18 18
19 19
15 15
20 20
16 16
21 21
21 21
Item. Description Item. Description

15 Prohibition plate “No standing under load platform” 15 Prohibition plate “No standing under load platform”
16 Attachment points for crane loading 16 Attachment points for crane loading
17.1 Prohibition plate “No driving with load raised” 17.1 Prohibition plate “No driving with load raised”
17.2 Prohibition plate “No tilting mast forwards with raised load” 17.2 Prohibition plate “No tilting mast forwards with raised load”
18 Load diagram, load forks, load--bearing capacity/centre of gravity/lifting height 18 Load diagram, load forks, load--bearing capacity/centre of gravity/lifting height
19 Load diagram, side loaders, load--bearing capacity/centre of gravity/lifting height 19 Load diagram, side loaders, load--bearing capacity/centre of gravity/lifting height
20 Truck rating plate 20 Truck rating plate
21 Plate for truck jacking points 21 Plate for truck jacking points
1203.GB B 23 1203.GB B 23
4.1 Truck Rating Plate 4.1 Truck Rating Plate

22 Model 27 Manufacturer 22 Model 27 Manufacturer
23 Serial number 28 Dead weight in kg 23 Serial number 28 Dead weight in kg
24 Rated capacity in kg 29 Centre of gravity interval in mm 24 Rated capacity in kg 29 Centre of gravity interval in mm
25 Rated drive power in kW 30 Year of construction 25 Rated drive power in kW 30 Year of construction
26 Manufacturer logo 31 Option 26 Manufacturer logo 31 Option
A For queries on the truck or for ordering spare parts, please quote the serial number
(23). A For queries on the truck or for ordering spare parts, please quote the serial number
(23).
B 24 1203.GB B 24 1203.GB
4.2 Load diagrams 4.2 Load diagrams
Load Diagram Load Forks (Load-- Bearing Capacity, Centre of Gravity, Lifting Load Diagram Load Forks (Load-- Bearing Capacity, Centre of Gravity, Lifting
Height) Height)
The load forks load diagram (34) gives the load--bearing capacity Q of the load forks in The load forks load diagram (34) gives the load--bearing capacity Q of the load forks in
kg. It is given in table form and is dependent on the load centre of gravity D (in mm) and kg. It is given in table form and is dependent on the load centre of gravity D (in mm) and
required lift height H (in mm). Arrow markings (36 and 37) on the inner and outer mast required lift height H (in mm). Arrow markings (36 and 37) on the inner and outer mast
show the driver when he has reached the lifting height limits given in the load diagram. show the driver when he has reached the lifting height limits given in the load diagram.
36 37 36 37
34 34
Example for Determining Maximum Load-- bearing Capacity: Example for Determining Maximum Load-- bearing Capacity:
For a load centre of gravity D of 600 mm and a maximum lifting height H of 1100 mm, the For a load centre of gravity D of 600 mm and a maximum lifting height H of 1100 mm, the
maximum load--bearing capacity Q is 1490 kg. maximum load--bearing capacity Q is 1490 kg.
Load Diagram (Load-- bearing Capacity, Load Centre of Gravity, Lifting Height) Load Diagram (Load-- bearing Capacity, Load Centre of Gravity, Lifting Height)
The load diagram (35) gives the load--bearing capacity Q of the side loader in kg. It is The load diagram (35) gives the load--bearing capacity Q of the side loader in kg. It is
shown in the same form as the load--bearing capacity of the forks and should be shown in the same form as the load--bearing capacity of the forks and should be
determined accordingly. determined accordingly.
35 35
1203.GB B 25 1203.GB B 25
C Transportation and Commissioning C Transportation and Commissioning
1 Transportation 1 Transportation
Dimensions Dimensions
For truck dimensions, refer to the Standard Specifications Sheet(s). For truck dimensions, refer to the Standard Specifications Sheet(s).
Weights Weights
For truck weight refer to the Standard Specification Sheet(s). For truck weight refer to the Standard Specification Sheet(s).
Centre of gravity Centre of gravity
Refer to (1) for the centre of gravity of the Frontlift truck. For further information or Refer to (1) for the centre of gravity of the Frontlift truck. For further information or
advice regarding centre of gravity, contact the manufacturer or trained manufacturer advice regarding centre of gravity, contact the manufacturer or trained manufacturer
representative. Refer to (2) for truck lifting points. representative. Refer to (2) for truck lifting points.
Figure 1 Centre of Gravity (Typical) Figure 1 Centre of Gravity (Typical)
2 2
1 1
2 2
Securing the truck Securing the truck

It is recommended that the transporting of the truck by road, rail or sea, may only be It is recommended that the transporting of the truck by road, rail or sea, may only be
undertaken by an authorized transport company. undertaken by an authorized transport company.
All trucks being transported by road, rail, or sea have a common method of stowage, All trucks being transported by road, rail, or sea have a common method of stowage,
which reduces the possibility of damage to the truck and paintwork. which reduces the possibility of damage to the truck and paintwork.
A typical method of securing the truck to the deck of the lorry, rail truck or ship is to: A typical method of securing the truck to the deck of the lorry, rail truck or ship is to:
S secure the rear of the truck by means of a chain from the towing point in the S secure the rear of the truck by means of a chain from the towing point in the
counterweight to a convenient deck bolt. counterweight to a convenient deck bolt.
S apply a strap across the floor plate of the truck to a convenient deck bolt. S apply a strap across the floor plate of the truck to a convenient deck bolt.
Ensure that the strap and chain are under tension, see Figure 2. Ensure that the strap and chain are under tension, see Figure 2.
The chassis will be secured with the mast tilt in the fully back position. The chassis will be secured with the mast tilt in the fully back position.
Generally, trucks are transported complete, i.e. with the forks and mast mounted on the Generally, trucks are transported complete, i.e. with the forks and mast mounted on the
truck. For trucks with mast and forks removed, the following guidelines may be truck. For trucks with mast and forks removed, the following guidelines may be
followed. If in doubt, consult your authorised transport company. followed. If in doubt, consult your authorised transport company.
Securing of Mast. Securing of Mast.
Where machines are being transported with the mast fitted into the truck, no action is Where machines are being transported with the mast fitted into the truck, no action is
required. required.
1102.GB C1 1102.GB C1
Figure 2 Securing of Chassis (Typical) Figure 2 Securing of Chassis (Typical)
Where it is necessary to remove the mast during transportation the following procedure Where it is necessary to remove the mast during transportation the following procedure
will be undertaken:-- will be undertaken:--
S Remove forks from carriage and S Remove forks from carriage and
action, as securing of forks below. action, as securing of forks below.
S Remove mast and carriage assembly S Remove mast and carriage assembly
from truck. from truck.
3 3
S Weld securing bar (3) across bottom S Weld securing bar (3) across bottom
of mast and carriage, to prevent of mast and carriage, to prevent
4 4
movement of mast and carriage 2 movement of mast and carriage 2
assembly or where holes are assembly or where holes are
available, fit bolt (2) through masts available, fit bolt (2) through masts
and carriage, and retain with a nut (4). and carriage, and retain with a nut (4).
S Where possible, and in particular with S Where possible, and in particular with
high lift masts, the lift chain is to be high lift masts, the lift chain is to be
lightly banded to the lift cylinder, at lightly banded to the lift cylinder, at
not less than 1 metre intervals to not less than 1 metre intervals to
ensure that the chain does not slap Figure 3 Securing Mast ensure that the chain does not slap Figure 3 Securing Mast
during transportation. during transportation.
S Thick card or rubber is to be laid between the chain and the lift cylinder, and all S Thick card or rubber is to be laid between the chain and the lift cylinder, and all
around the cylinder where banding is taking place, to protect the paintwork. around the cylinder where banding is taking place, to protect the paintwork.
Where it is impracticable to retain the chain as above, the free end is to be wired to a Where it is impracticable to retain the chain as above, the free end is to be wired to a
suitable position, and care taken to ensure paintwork is not damaged during suitable position, and care taken to ensure paintwork is not damaged during
transportation. transportation.
A Other than the welding specified in Figure 3 above, no welding is to take place on the
carriage stiles and the mast channels. A Other than the welding specified in Figure 3 above, no welding is to take place on the
carriage stiles and the mast channels.
C2 1102.GB C2 1102.GB
Securing Forks. Securing Forks.
Each pair of forks will be securely Each pair of forks will be securely
banded together using banding banded together using banding
material as shown in Figure 4. material as shown in Figure 4.
Securing Forks - Mast Assembly in Figure 4 Forks Securing Forks - Mast Assembly in Figure 4 Forks
Truck. Truck.
The forks having been banded together The forks having been banded together
will be offered up to the mast/carriage will be offered up to the mast/carriage
assembly and laid on the fork stowage Banding Material assembly and laid on the fork stowage Banding Material
brackets which would have been brackets which would have been
previously hooked onto the carriage. previously hooked onto the carriage.
The assembly will then be securely The assembly will then be securely
banded to the carriage, see Figure 5. banded to the carriage, see Figure 5.
Securing Forks - Mast Assembly Out Securing Forks - Mast Assembly Out
of Truck. of Truck.
The forks having been banded together The forks having been banded together
will be offered up to the mast/carriage will be offered up to the mast/carriage
Fork Stowage Brackets Fork Stowage Brackets
assembly. Banding material is passed assembly. Banding material is passed
under the mast channels and over the Figure 5 Securing Forks under the mast channels and over the Figure 5 Securing Forks
forks, and securely connected, see forks, and securely connected, see
Figure 6. Figure 6.
Electrical and hydraulic connections Electrical and hydraulic connections
All electrical connections which are left All electrical connections which are left
disconnected are to be capped, while disconnected are to be capped, while
disconnected hydraulic connections are disconnected hydraulic connections are
to be plugged. to be plugged.
Figure 6 Securing Forks Figure 6 Securing Forks

Slinging Slinging
Some of the suitable lifting points for the Some of the suitable lifting points for the
truck are indicated by the crane hook truck are indicated by the crane hook
label shown in Figure 7; these lifting label shown in Figure 7; these lifting
points are situated on the mast and points are situated on the mast and
counterweight. counterweight.
For further information or advice For further information or advice
regarding suitable lift points for the truck regarding suitable lift points for the truck
contact the manufacturer or their Figure 7 Crane Hook Label contact the manufacturer or their Figure 7 Crane Hook Label
authorised representative. authorised representative.
1102.GB C3 1102.GB C3
A Ensure that all lifting tackle has a S.W.L. suitable for the truck unladen weight.
A Ensure that all lifting tackle has a S.W.L. suitable for the truck unladen weight.
Before any lifting attempt is made, check that the mast is in the vertical position. Before any lifting attempt is made, check that the mast is in the vertical position.
Lifting the truck. Lifting the truck.
Attach suitable lifting tackle to the trucks lifting points (2). Attach suitable lifting tackle to the trucks lifting points (2).
S Place packing material to avoid damage to truck finish, where lifting tackle is likely S Place packing material to avoid damage to truck finish, where lifting tackle is likely
to contact truck. to contact truck.
S Take up the slack and stand clear of the truck. S Take up the slack and stand clear of the truck.
S Make a test lift, just clear of the ground, to ensure that the lift is square and even, S Make a test lift, just clear of the ground, to ensure that the lift is square and even,
if not lower to ground and adjust lifting tackle as required. if not lower to ground and adjust lifting tackle as required.
S If the above are all correct then proceed with the lifting of the truck to the required S If the above are all correct then proceed with the lifting of the truck to the required
position, with slow and definite movements. position, with slow and definite movements.
S Lower to the required position and remove lifting tackle. S Lower to the required position and remove lifting tackle.
2 Commissioning 2 Commissioning
Commissioning of the truck may only be carried out by the manufacturer or trained Commissioning of the truck may only be carried out by the manufacturer or trained
manufacturer representative. manufacturer representative.
Lifting equipment required Lifting equipment required
Chains and shackles capable of handling the weight of the truck -- refer to specification Chains and shackles capable of handling the weight of the truck -- refer to specification
sheet for weight of truck. sheet for weight of truck.
Crane or hoist capable of handling the weight of the truck -- refer to specification sheet Crane or hoist capable of handling the weight of the truck -- refer to specification sheet
for weight of truck. for weight of truck.
Commissioning Commissioning
Commissioning of the truck may only be carried out by a competent engineer. Commissioning of the truck may only be carried out by a competent engineer.
Commissioning usually takes the form of performing static and functional checks. Commissioning usually takes the form of performing static and functional checks.
Static and functional checks Static and functional checks
Static and functional checks are to be carried out by a competent engineer upon Static and functional checks are to be carried out by a competent engineer upon
delivery of truck. The checks to be made fall into two broad groups i.e. static and delivery of truck. The checks to be made fall into two broad groups i.e. static and
functional. functional.
C4 1102.GB C4 1102.GB
Static Checks. Static Checks.
Static checks to be made are as follows: Static checks to be made are as follows:
1. Conforms to ordered specification. ; 1. Conforms to ordered specification. ;
2. No transport damage. ; 2. No transport damage. ;
3. Check paintwork--no corrosion evident. ; 3. Check paintwork--no corrosion evident. ;
4. Coolant level. ; 4. Coolant level. ;
5. Oil level--engine. ; 5. Oil level--engine. ;
6. Oil level--transmission. ; 6. Oil level--transmission. ;
7. Oil level--hydraulic tank. ; 7. Oil level--hydraulic tank. ;
8. Oil level--drive axle hubs/differential. ; 8. Oil level--drive axle hubs/differential. ;
9. Oil level--brake/inching master cylinder. ; 9. Oil level--brake/inching master cylinder. ;
10. Air filter and trunking. ; 10. Air filter and trunking. ;
11. Breather--hydraulic tank. ; 11. Breather--hydraulic tank. ;
12. Adjustment--fan belt/alternator belt. ; 12. Adjustment--fan belt/alternator belt. ;
13. Adjustment and lubrication of lift chains. ; 13. Adjustment and lubrication of lift chains. ;
14. Check--axle mounting bolts. ; 14. Check--axle mounting bolts. ;
15. Check tightness--wheel nuts. ; 15. Check tightness--wheel nuts. ;
16. Check all tyre pressures. ; 16. Check all tyre pressures. ;
17. Manuals--tools received. ; 17. Manuals--tools received. ;
Functional Checks. Functional Checks.

The functional checks must be carried out by the competent engineer with the truck The functional checks must be carried out by the competent engineer with the truck
under load, these include: under load, these include:
S Move the truck forward at low speed, change to reverse, and change to forward S Move the truck forward at low speed, change to reverse, and change to forward
again to verify that the direction change mechanism operates effectively. again to verify that the direction change mechanism operates effectively.
S Drive the truck forward and rearward through all speed ranges to the maximum S Drive the truck forward and rearward through all speed ranges to the maximum
speed, and check that range changing and service brakes operate in both directions. speed, and check that range changing and service brakes operate in both directions.
S Complete several circuits in a figure--of--eight, at approximately one third maximum S Complete several circuits in a figure--of--eight, at approximately one third maximum
speed, in both forward and reverse directions. speed, in both forward and reverse directions.
S Raise the test load from ground level and elevate it to maximum height. Lower test S Raise the test load from ground level and elevate it to maximum height. Lower test
load to ground level at maximum speed, making several stops during descent and load to ground level at maximum speed, making several stops during descent and
deposit load on the ground. deposit load on the ground.
1102.GB C5 1102.GB C5
C6 1102.GB C6 1102.GB
D Truck Refuelling D Truck Refuelling
1 Safety Conditions for Handling Diesel Fuel and Liquid Petroleum Gas 1 Safety Conditions for Handling Diesel Fuel and Liquid Petroleum Gas
Before filling up or changing the gas bottle, the truck must be safely parked (see Before filling up or changing the gas bottle, the truck must be safely parked (see
Chapter E, Section 5.8). Chapter E, Section 5.8).
Fire Protection Measures: When dealing with fuels and liquid gas, no smoking, naked Fire Protection Measures: When dealing with fuels and liquid gas, no smoking, naked
flames or other sources of ignition are permitted within the vicinity of the tank. Signs flames or other sources of ignition are permitted within the vicinity of the tank. Signs
indicating the risk zone must be arranged to be clearly visible. Storage of highly indicating the risk zone must be arranged to be clearly visible. Storage of highly
flammable materials in this area is not permitted. Functioning fire extinguishers must flammable materials in this area is not permitted. Functioning fire extinguishers must
be available to hand in the filling area at all times. be available to hand in the filling area at all times.
f To prevent liquid gas burns, use only carbon dioxide dry extinguishers or carbon
dioxide gas extinguishers. f To prevent liquid gas burns, use only carbon dioxide dry extinguishers or carbon
dioxide gas extinguishers.
Storage and Transport: The equipment for storing and transporting diesel fuel and Storage and Transport: The equipment for storing and transporting diesel fuel and
liquid gas must comply with legal requirements. If no supply point is available, the fuel liquid gas must comply with legal requirements. If no supply point is available, the fuel
must be stored and transported in clean approved vessels. The content must be clearly must be stored and transported in clean approved vessels. The content must be clearly
marked on the container. Leaking gas bottles must immediately be moved to the open marked on the container. Leaking gas bottles must immediately be moved to the open
air, stored in well--ventilated locations and reported to the supplier. Escaping diesel fuel air, stored in well--ventilated locations and reported to the supplier. Escaping diesel fuel
must be absorbed by suitable agents and disposed of in accordance with the relevant must be absorbed by suitable agents and disposed of in accordance with the relevant
environmental protection laws. environmental protection laws.
Staff for Filling Up and Changing Gas Bottles: Staff dealing with liquid petroleum Staff for Filling Up and Changing Gas Bottles: Staff dealing with liquid petroleum
gas are obliged to have appropriate knowledge on the properties of liquid gas to ensure gas are obliged to have appropriate knowledge on the properties of liquid gas to ensure
safe performance of the work. safe performance of the work.
Filling Liquid Gas Tanks: Gas tanks remain connected to the truck and are filled at Filling Liquid Gas Tanks: Gas tanks remain connected to the truck and are filled at
gas filling points. During filling, the regulations of the filling station and tank gas filling points. During filling, the regulations of the filling station and tank
manufacturers and the legal and local conditions must be observed. manufacturers and the legal and local conditions must be observed.
f Liquid gas causes frost wounds on exposed skin.

f Liquid gas causes frost wounds on exposed skin.
0903.GB D1 0903.GB D1
2 Filling with Diesel Fuel 2 Filling with Diesel Fuel
f The truck may be filled only at the

specified locations. f The truck may be filled only at the
specified locations.
S Park the truck securely before filling S Park the truck securely before filling
(see Chapter E, Section 5.8). 1 (see Chapter E, Section 5.8). 1
S Open the filler cap (1). S Open the filler cap (1).
S Fill with clean diesel fuel. S Fill with clean diesel fuel.
A Do not overfill the tank.

A Do not overfill the tank.
Filling quantity: Filling quantity:
DFG 16/20 AK: 42 litres. DFG 16/20 AK: 42 litres.
DFG 20-- 30 BK: 58 litres. DFG 20-- 30 BK: 58 litres.
DFG 40-- 50 CK: 70 litres. DFG 40-- 50 CK: 70 litres.
Use only diesel fuel DIN 51601 with a Use only diesel fuel DIN 51601 with a
cetene number under 45. cetene number under 45.
09/03 and later (Series C) 09/03 and later (Series C)
The fuel level display (2) indicates the The fuel level display (2) indicates the
fuel level. When the indicator enters the fuel level. When the indicator enters the
red, the tank must be filled up. red, the tank must be filled up.
Never the run the fuel tank empty. Air in 2 Never the run the fuel tank empty. Air in 2
the fuel system can cause operating the fuel system can cause operating
faults. faults.
S Close the filler cap again firmly after S Close the filler cap again firmly after
filling up. filling up.
D2 0903.GB D2 0903.GB
3 Changing the Gas Bottle 3 Changing the Gas Bottle
f The gas bottle may be changed only at the specified locations by trained and
authorised persons. f The gas bottle may be changed only at the specified locations by trained and
authorised persons.
S Park truck securely before filling (see S Park truck securely before filling (see
Chapter E, Section 5.8). Chapter E, Section 5.8).
S Close shut--off valve (3) tightly. S Close shut--off valve (3) tightly.
S Start engine and run gas system until 3 S Start engine and run gas system until 3
4 4
empty in neutral. empty in neutral.
S Unscrew nut (4) with a suitable S Unscrew nut (4) with a suitable
wrench, holding with the handle (6). wrench, holding with the handle (6).
S Remove hose (5) and immediately S Remove hose (5) and immediately
screw the valve cover cap onto the screw the valve cover cap onto the
empty gas bottle. empty gas bottle.
S Release the straps (8) and remove 66 5 S Release the straps (8) and remove 66 5
the cover panel (7). the cover panel (7).
S Carefully remove the gas bottle from S Carefully remove the gas bottle from
its holder and deposit securely. its holder and deposit securely.
f Only 18 kg (29 litres) gas bottles should

be used. f Only 18 kg (29 litres) gas bottles should
be used.
S Place the new gas bottle in the holder S Place the new gas bottle in the holder
and turn until the connections on the and turn until the connections on the
shut--off valve point downwards. shut--off valve point downwards.
S Attach the gas bottles securely with S Attach the gas bottles securely with
the straps. 7 8 the straps. 7 8
S Re--attach the hose as specified. S Re--attach the hose as specified.
S Carefully open the shut--off valve and S Carefully open the shut--off valve and
test the connection for leaks using a test the connection for leaks using a
foaming agent. foaming agent.
0903.GB D3 0903.GB D3
f Refillable liquid petroleum gas bottles f Refillable liquid petroleum gas bottles
The refillable L.P. Gas bottles are The refillable L.P. Gas bottles are
available in two forms -- ‘end fill’ and available in two forms -- ‘end fill’ and
‘centre fill’. Both types of bottle are fitted ‘centre fill’. Both types of bottle are fitted
with an automatic fill stop valve to with an automatic fill stop valve to
prevent the bottle from being over filled. prevent the bottle from being over filled.
9 9
Refill the L.P. Gas bottles as follows: Refill the L.P. Gas bottles as follows:
End fill L.P. Gas bottle End fill L.P. Gas bottle
Unscrew cap (9). Insert nozzle from L.P. Unscrew cap (9). Insert nozzle from L.P.
Gas pump into the fill connector (10). Fill Gas pump into the fill connector (10). Fill
the L.P. Gas bottle until the liquid level the L.P. Gas bottle until the liquid level
gauge indicates the bottle is full. 10 gauge indicates the bottle is full. 10
Remove nozzle and refit cap (9). Remove nozzle and refit cap (9).
Centre fill L.P. Gas bottle Centre fill L.P. Gas bottle
Remove cover (11). Unscrew cap (12). Remove cover (11). Unscrew cap (12).
Insert nozzle from L.P. Gas pump into Insert nozzle from L.P. Gas pump into
the fill connector. Fill the L.P. Gas bottle the fill connector. Fill the L.P. Gas bottle
until the liquid level gauge indicates the until the liquid level gauge indicates the
bottle is full. Remove nozzle and refit 11 bottle is full. Remove nozzle and refit 11
cap (12). cap (12).
f OBSERVE
GUIDELINES/REGULATIONS
ANY
RELATED TO THE FILLING OF L.P.

f OBSERVE
GUIDELINES/REGULATIONS
ANY
RELATED TO THE FILLING OF L.P.

GAS BOTTLES THAT MAY BE FOUND GAS BOTTLES THAT MAY BE FOUND
AT THE L.P. GAS PUMP. AT THE L.P. GAS PUMP.
12 12
D4 0903.GB D4 0903.GB
4 Trucks fitted with Twin-- Gas Bottles 4 Trucks fitted with Twin-- Gas Bottles
f Trucks fitted with twin--gas bottle arrangement have a lock--valve which can be used
in one of two ways: f Trucks fitted with twin--gas bottle arrangement have a lock--valve which can be used
in one of two ways:
S With both LPG cylinder supply valves open, this will increase the overall fuel S With both LPG cylinder supply valves open, this will increase the overall fuel
capacity. capacity.
S With one LPG cylinder supply closed to provide a reserve cylinder. S With one LPG cylinder supply closed to provide a reserve cylinder.
The following points must be noted to ensure safe operation: The following points must be noted to ensure safe operation:
S At no time should the system operate with either of the cylinders disconnected. S At no time should the system operate with either of the cylinders disconnected.
S The plastic dust cover on the hydrostatic relief valve should be kept on during S The plastic dust cover on the hydrostatic relief valve should be kept on during
service to keep out contaminants, and inspected regularly. service to keep out contaminants, and inspected regularly.
S If the second cylinder is to be used as a reserve, it must be turned off at the valve S If the second cylinder is to be used as a reserve, it must be turned off at the valve
and manually turned on when the service cylinder becomes exhausted. and manually turned on when the service cylinder becomes exhausted.
S For safety reasons, when the service cylinder has exhausted and the reserve S For safety reasons, when the service cylinder has exhausted and the reserve
opened, the valve on the exhausted cylinder should then be closed. opened, the valve on the exhausted cylinder should then be closed.
S If both cylinders are to be used simultaneously and the cylinder pressures are S If both cylinders are to be used simultaneously and the cylinder pressures are
unequal, the connector will draw LP--Gas from the cylinder with the higher unequal, the connector will draw LP--Gas from the cylinder with the higher
pressure until both cylinder pressures equalise. Then the gas will be drawn from pressure until both cylinder pressures equalise. Then the gas will be drawn from
both cylinders. both cylinders.
S If the hose from one of the cylinders were to burst, the connector stops the flow S If the hose from one of the cylinders were to burst, the connector stops the flow
of gas from the other cylinder, (which prevents both cylinders from emptying). of gas from the other cylinder, (which prevents both cylinders from emptying).
0903.GB D5 0903.GB D5
E Operation E Operation
1 Safety Regulations Governing the Operation of the Forklift Truck 1 Safety Regulations Governing the Operation of the Forklift Truck
Driving permission: The forklift truck must only be operated by persons who have Driving permission: The forklift truck must only be operated by persons who have
been trained in the operation of trucks, who have demonstrated to the user or his been trained in the operation of trucks, who have demonstrated to the user or his
representative their capability of moving and handling loads, and who have expressly representative their capability of moving and handling loads, and who have expressly
been charged by the user or his representative with the operation of the truck. been charged by the user or his representative with the operation of the truck.
Rights, duties and conduct of the driver: The driver must be: informed of his rights Rights, duties and conduct of the driver: The driver must be: informed of his rights
and duties; trained in the operation of the forklift truck; and familiar with the contents of and duties; trained in the operation of the forklift truck; and familiar with the contents of
these operating instructions. All necessary rights must be granted to him. these operating instructions. All necessary rights must be granted to him.
For industrial trucks used in busy areas, safety shoes must be worn during operation. For industrial trucks used in busy areas, safety shoes must be worn during operation.
Prohibition of unauthorized use: The driver is responsible for the forklift truck during Prohibition of unauthorized use: The driver is responsible for the forklift truck during
working time. He must forbid unauthorized persons to drive or operate the forklift truck. working time. He must forbid unauthorized persons to drive or operate the forklift truck.
The transport or lifting of persons is forbidden. The transport or lifting of persons is forbidden.
Damage and defects: Damage or defects noted on the forklift truck or on the Damage and defects: Damage or defects noted on the forklift truck or on the
attachments must immediately be brought to the notice of the person in charge. Forklift attachments must immediately be brought to the notice of the person in charge. Forklift
trucks that cannot be safely operated (e.g. due to worn tyres or defective brakes) must trucks that cannot be safely operated (e.g. due to worn tyres or defective brakes) must
not be used until they have been properly repaired. not be used until they have been properly repaired.
Repairs: Without specific training and express authorization the driver is not allowed Repairs: Without specific training and express authorization the driver is not allowed
to perform any repairs or modifications on the forklift truck. Under no circumstances to perform any repairs or modifications on the forklift truck. Under no circumstances
must the driver change the setting of switches or safety installations, or render them must the driver change the setting of switches or safety installations, or render them
ineffective. ineffective.
Danger area: The danger area is considered the area within which persons are Danger area: The danger area is considered the area within which persons are
endangered by the travelling or lifting movements of the forklift truck or its load lifting endangered by the travelling or lifting movements of the forklift truck or its load lifting
devices (e.g. fork or attachments), or by the loads being transported. This includes also devices (e.g. fork or attachments), or by the loads being transported. This includes also
the area within reach of dropping loads or dropping truck attachments. the area within reach of dropping loads or dropping truck attachments.
f Unauthorized persons must be asked to leave the danger area. The driver must give
a warning signal, whenever a situation presenting danger to persons might develop.
The forklift truck must immediately be brought to a standstill, if persons, although
f Unauthorized persons must be asked to leave the danger area. The driver must give
a warning signal, whenever a situation presenting danger to persons might develop.
The forklift truck must immediately be brought to a standstill, if persons, although
asked, do not leave the danger area. asked, do not leave the danger area.
Safety devices and warning labels: The safety devices, warning labels and warning Safety devices and warning labels: The safety devices, warning labels and warning
notes described in the present operating instructions must always be heeded. notes described in the present operating instructions must always be heeded.
f Before operating the truck, the operator must be fully conversant with the arrangement
of the gauges and controls. f Before operating the truck, the operator must be fully conversant with the arrangement
of the gauges and controls.
1203.GB E1 1203.GB E1
2 3 2 3
1 8 1 8
4 5 6 7 9 4 5 6 7 9
17 17
10 10
11 11
16 16
12 12
13 13
15 14 15 14
31 18 31 18
19 19
28 28
20 20
29 30 29 30
19 19
21 21
27 27
26 25 24 23 22 26 25 24 23 22
AO--178--2 AO--178--2
E2 1203.GB E2 1203.GB
2 Description of Drivers Controls and Display Elements 2 Description of Drivers Controls and Display Elements
Control or Display Control or Display

Item Function Item Function
Element Element
When lit indicates that the parking brake When lit indicates that the parking brake
1 P Parking brake warning light F 1 P Parking brake warning light F
is operated is operated
2 Fuel gauge (DFG) F Shows the fuel left in the tank 2 Fuel gauge (DFG) F Shows the fuel left in the tank
3 Coolant temperature gauge F Shows the coolant temperature 3 Coolant temperature gauge F Shows the coolant temperature
When lit indicates that the direction switch When lit indicates that the direction switch
4
N Neutral F
is in neutral
4
N Neutral F
is in neutral
When lit indicates that the brake fluid level When lit indicates that the brake fluid level
5 Brake fluid warning light f 5 Brake fluid warning light f
is too low is too low
Not used on Hydrokinetic Not used on Hydrokinetic

6 6
trucks trucks
Shows that the front headlights are Shows that the front headlights are
7 Lights f 7 Lights f
switched on switched on
Engine oil pressure warning When lit indicates insufficient oil pressure Engine oil pressure warning When lit indicates insufficient oil pressure
8 F 8 F
light in the engine light in the engine
9 Blank f 9 Blank f
10 Blank f 10 Blank f
1203.GB E3 1203.GB E3
2 3 2 3
1 8 1 8
4 5 6 7 9 4 5 6 7 9
17 17
10 10
11 11
16 16
12 12
13 13
15 14 15 14
31 18 31 18
19 19
28 28
20 20
29 30 29 30
19 19
21 21
27 27
26 25 24 23 22 26 25 24 23 22
AO--178--2 AO--178--2
E4 1203.GB E4 1203.GB
Element Element
Converter temperature When lit indicates that the oil temperature Converter temperature When lit indicates that the oil temperature
11 F 11 F
warning light in the load gears is too high warning light in the load gears is too high
When lit indicates that the safety belt is When lit indicates that the safety belt is
12 Safety belt warning light f 12 Safety belt warning light f
not properly fastened not properly fastened
Shows the function of the right/left direc- Shows the function of the right/left direc-
13 Direction indicator LED f 13 Direction indicator LED f
tion indicator tion indicator
14 Fuel warning light (DFG) F Indicates low fuel level when lit 14 Fuel warning light (DFG) F Indicates low fuel level when lit
Shows the time or operating hours Shows the time or operating hours
15 Time/operating hours display F 15 Time/operating hours display F
worked. worked.
Shows the function of the cold start Shows the function of the cold start
16 Preglow control light (DFG) F 16 Preglow control light (DFG) F
device device
When lit indicates that the battery is not When lit indicates that the battery is not
17 Charge current warning light F 17 Charge current warning light F
charged charged
18 Steering wheel F Steers truck in required direction 18 Steering wheel F Steers truck in required direction
19 Heating/air outlets f 19 Heating/air outlets f
Steering column adjustment Steering column adjustment

20 F Adjusts steering column angle 20 F Adjusts steering column angle
lever lever
1203.GB E5 1203.GB E5
2 3 2 3
1 8 1 8
4 5 6 7 9 4 5 6 7 9
17 17
10 10
11 11
16 16
12 12
13 13
15 14 15 14
31 18 31 18
19 19
28 28
20 20
29 30 29 30
19 19
21 21
27 27
26 25 24 23 22 26 25 24 23 22
AO--178--2 AO--178--2
E6 1203.GB E6 1203.GB
Element Element
21 Cab heater Controls f 21 Cab heater Controls f
Controls engine speed or drive and travel Controls engine speed or drive and travel
22 Accelerator pedal F 22 Accelerator pedal F
speed speed
Raises or lowers fork carriers. Raises or lowers fork carriers.

23 Raise/lower control lever F Raise fork carrier: pull lever back. 23 Raise/lower control lever F Raise fork carrier: pull lever back.
Lower fork carrier: push lever forwards. Lower fork carrier: push lever forwards.
Tilt mast forwards or backwards. Tilt mast forwards or backwards.

24 Mast tilt control lever F Tilt mast forwards: push lever forwards. 24 Mast tilt control lever F Tilt mast forwards: push lever forwards.
Tilt mast backwards: pull lever backwards. Tilt mast backwards: pull lever backwards.
25 Switch(es) f Lights, demister etc. 25 Switch(es) f Lights, demister etc.
Connects and disconnects the power Connects and disconnects the power
supply. supply.
26 Ignition/starter switch F Starts and stops engine. When the igni- 26 Ignition/starter switch F Starts and stops engine. When the igni-
tion key is removed, the truck is protected tion key is removed, the truck is protected
from use by unauthorised persons. from use by unauthorised persons.
The main power circuit is cut, all electrical The main power circuit is cut, all electrical
functions are disconnected. functions are disconnected.
The truck rolls to a stop The truck rolls to a stop
Battery isolation switch This switch should only be used to stop in Battery isolation switch This switch should only be used to stop in
27 F an emergency or for isolation purposes. If 27 F an emergency or for isolation purposes. If
(emergency off) (emergency off)
switch is activated, reset clock (20) and switch is activated, reset clock (20) and
(21). Under normal conditions the (21). Under normal conditions the
stopping instructions on page E 23 must stopping instructions on page E 23 must
be followed. be followed.
28 Warning signal button F Triggers an acoustic warning signal 28 Warning signal button F Triggers an acoustic warning signal
29 Direction lever F Selects direction of travel 29 Direction lever F Selects direction of travel
1st range: controls creep drive 1st range: controls creep drive
30 Creep/brake pedal F 30 Creep/brake pedal F
2nd range: activates operating brake 2nd range: activates operating brake
Parking brake lever Applies or releases the parking brake: Parking brake lever Applies or releases the parking brake:
(09/03 and later: to the (09/03 and later: to the
31 F Pull lever to engage. 31 F Pull lever to engage.
steering wheel right in the C steering wheel right in the C
series) Push lever forwards to release. series) Push lever forwards to release.
1203.GB E7 1203.GB E7
f Gimbal - lift and tilt f Gimbal - lift and tilt
Gimbal functions Gimbal functions
1 1
8 2 8 2
Gimbal Gimbal
7 3 7 3
6 4 6 4
5 5
Ancillary Control Levers Ancillary Control Levers
A0--178 A0--178
Symbol Purpose Symbol Purpose Symbol Purpose Symbol Purpose
5. To tilt the mast back- 5. To tilt the mast back-

1. To tilt the mast forward. 1. To tilt the mast forward.
ward. ward.
6. To lower the fork tines 6. To lower the fork tines

2. To lift the fork tines and 2. To lift the fork tines and
and tilt the mast back- and tilt the mast back-
tilt the mast forward. tilt the mast forward.
ward. ward.
3. To lift the fork tines. 7. To lower the fork tines. 3. To lift the fork tines. 7. To lower the fork tines.
8. To lower the fork tines 8. To lower the fork tines

4. To lift the fork tines and 4. To lift the fork tines and
and tilt the mast for- and tilt the mast for-
tilt the mast backward. tilt the mast backward.
ward. ward.
On some models, these functions may be disabled. On some models, these functions may be disabled.
E8 1203.GB E8 1203.GB
F Gear selector F Gear selector
A With the gearshift lever in the central

position, the transmission is in neutral. A With the gearshift lever in the central
position, the transmission is in neutral.
S To select forward gear, push lever S To select forward gear, push lever
forwards. forwards.
S To select reverse gear, pull lever S To select reverse gear, pull lever
backwards. backwards.
A The engine will not start if the truck is in

gear. A The engine will not start if the truck is in
gear.
F Two speed gear selector F Two speed gear selector

- DFG/TFG 40-- 50 C - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 C
Gear selection is operated manually, Gear selection is operated manually,
press ‘I’ to select a lower gear when press ‘I’ to select a lower gear when
climbing or descending an incline. climbing or descending an incline.
I II I II
f Column mounted gear selector f Column mounted gear selector

On trucks fitted with a gimbal lever (refer On trucks fitted with a gimbal lever (refer
to page E 8), the standard gear selector to page E 8), the standard gear selector
fitted to the right of the driver’s seat is fitted to the right of the driver’s seat is
replaced by a column mounted gear replaced by a column mounted gear
selector. selector.
A With the gearshift lever in the central

position, the transmission is in neutral. A With the gearshift lever in the central
position, the transmission is in neutral.
S To select forward gear, push lever S To select forward gear, push lever
forwards. forwards.
S To select reverse gear, pull lever S To select reverse gear, pull lever
backwards. backwards.
A The engine will not start if the truck is in

gear. A The engine will not start if the truck is in
gear.
1203.GB E9 1203.GB E9
f Gear Interlock System - TFG/DFG 40-- 50 f Gear Interlock System - TFG/DFG 40-- 50
The Gear Interlock System is an option The Gear Interlock System is an option
preventing the operator to drive the preventing the operator to drive the
truck from a standstill position if the truck from a standstill position if the
truck is in gear. The System will also truck is in gear. The System will also
prevent the operator from changing prevent the operator from changing
direction if the truck is in second gear. direction if the truck is in second gear.
A It is important to note that while the truck

may coast during gear changing, A It is important to note that while the truck
may coast during gear changing,
braking is still available. braking is still available.
f Cab Heater controls f Cab Heater controls

S Turn the thermostat control knob (41) S Turn the thermostat control knob (41)
anti--clockwise to progressively to anti--clockwise to progressively to
lower the cab temperature. lower the cab temperature.
S Turn the fan control knob (42) S Turn the fan control knob (42)
clockwise to regulate the fan air flow. clockwise to regulate the fan air flow.
To switch off, turn the fan control knob To switch off, turn the fan control knob
fully anti--clockwise. fully anti--clockwise.
42 42
S Slide the air flow direction lever (43) S Slide the air flow direction lever (43)
down to its lowest position to direct air down to its lowest position to direct air
flow to the cab floor. Slide the air flow flow to the cab floor. Slide the air flow
41 41
direction lever (43) to its upper direction lever (43) to its upper
position to cut off the air flow to the position to cut off the air flow to the
cab floor. The air flow to the front cab floor. The air flow to the front
screen is controlled independently of screen is controlled independently of
this lever by the vents in the plastic this lever by the vents in the plastic
43 43
ducting along the bottom of the ducting along the bottom of the
screen. screen.
E 10 1203.GB E 10 1203.GB
Horn Horn
25 25
S Press button (25) to sound the horn. S Press button (25) to sound the horn.
3 Checks and Activities Before Daily Use 3 Checks and Activities Before Daily Use
Truck Truck
S Check complete truck (in particular wheels and load--carrying means) for visible S Check complete truck (in particular wheels and load--carrying means) for visible
damage. damage.
A With exception of ‘checking the windscreen washer level’, all checks will require the
opening of the service doors and covers: refer to page E 42 Engine Housing. A With exception of ‘checking the windscreen washer level’, all checks will require the
opening of the service doors and covers: refer to page E 42 Engine Housing.
Checking engine oil level - TFG TFG -- A Checking engine oil level - TFG TFG -- A
43 43
S Withdraw dipstick (44 or 46 or 48). S Withdraw dipstick (44 or 46 or 48).
S Wipe the dipstick with a lint-free cloth S Wipe the dipstick with a lint-free cloth
and re-insert into the hole to its fullest 44 and re-insert into the hole to its fullest 44
extent. extent.
S Withdraw the dipstick again and S Withdraw the dipstick again and
check the oil level is between the MIN check the oil level is between the MIN
and MAX marks. and MAX marks.
S If below mid point, remove filler cap S If below mid point, remove filler cap
(43 or 45 or 47) and add the correct (43 or 45 or 47) and add the correct
type of oil to the engine until the level type of oil to the engine until the level
is indicated at the MAX mark on the is indicated at the MAX mark on the
dipstick. MAX. dipstick. MAX.
MIN. MIN.
1203.GB E 11 1203.GB E 11
TFG -- B TFG -- C TFG -- B TFG -- C
45 47 45 47
46 46
48 48
MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX.

MIN. MIN.
MIN. MIN.
Checking engine oil level - DFG DFG -- A Checking engine oil level - DFG DFG -- A
S Withdraw dipstick (50 or 52). S Withdraw dipstick (50 or 52).
S Wipe the dipstick with a lint-free cloth 49 S Wipe the dipstick with a lint-free cloth 49
and re-insert into the hole to its fullest and re-insert into the hole to its fullest
extent. extent.
50 50
MAX. MAX.
MIN. MIN.
E 12 1203.GB E 12 1203.GB
Withdraw the dipstick again and check Withdraw the dipstick again and check
DFG -- B/C DFG -- B/C
the oil level is between the MIN and the oil level is between the MIN and
MAX marks. MAX marks.
51 51
S If below mid point, remove filler cap S If below mid point, remove filler cap
(49 or 51) and add the correct type of 52 (49 or 51) and add the correct type of 52
oil to the engine until the level is oil to the engine until the level is
indicated at the MAX mark on the indicated at the MAX mark on the
dipstick. dipstick.
MAX. MAX.
MIN. MIN.
Checking the hydraulic oil level Checking the hydraulic oil level
If oil is cold DFG/TFG -- A If oil is cold DFG/TFG -- A
S Operate mast by fully raising and S Operate mast by fully raising and
lowering, once. 53 lowering, once. 53
S Switch off engine. S Switch off engine.
S Withdraw the dipstick (53 or 54 or 55) DFG/TFG -- B S Withdraw the dipstick (53 or 54 or 55) DFG/TFG -- B
and clean it using a clean cloth. and clean it using a clean cloth.
Check hydraulic oil level. The level Check hydraulic oil level. The level
must be between the minimum and 54 must be between the minimum and 54
maximum marks on the dipstick. Top maximum marks on the dipstick. Top
up, if necessary, to the MINIMUM up, if necessary, to the MINIMUM
mark on the dipstick. mark on the dipstick.
1203.GB E 13 1203.GB E 13
DFG/TFG -- C DFG/TFG -- C
55 55
If oil is hot If oil is hot

DFG/TFG -- A DFG/TFG -- A
S Operate mast by fully raising and S Operate mast by fully raising and
lowering, once. lowering, once.
S Switch off engine. S Switch off engine.
H H
MAX. MAX.
S Withdraw the dipstick (53 or 54 or 55) S Withdraw the dipstick (53 or 54 or 55)
and clean it using a clean cloth. and clean it using a clean cloth.
Check hydraulic oil level. The level Check hydraulic oil level. The level
should be just above the maximum should be just above the maximum
mark on the dipstick. Top up, if MIN. L mark on the dipstick. Top up, if MIN. L
necessary, to just above the necessary, to just above the

MAXIMUM mark on the dipstick. MAXIMUM mark on the dipstick.
A In the event of the engine stalling or

cutting out with the mast raised, lower
DFG/TFG -- B/C A In the event of the engine stalling or
cutting out with the mast raised, lower
DFG/TFG -- B/C
the mast slowly before continuing with the mast slowly before continuing with
the procedure. MAX. the procedure. MAX.
MIN. MIN.
E 14 1203.GB E 14 1203.GB
Checking the coolant level Checking the coolant level
S Check the coolant level in the S Check the coolant level in the
expansion tank (56). expansion tank (56).
The coolant level must be between the 56 The coolant level must be between the 56
‘MIN’ and ‘MAX’ marks. ‘MIN’ and ‘MAX’ marks.
If the coolant level has dropped below If the coolant level has dropped below
the ‘MIN’ mark, this is a sign that the the ‘MIN’ mark, this is a sign that the
cooling system is leaking. The truck cooling system is leaking. The truck
must only be operated again, after the must only be operated again, after the
fault has been rectified. fault has been rectified.
f WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT THE

COOLANT
PRESSURISED
SYSTEM
AND
IS
THE
f WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT THE
COOLANT
PRESSURISED
SYSTEM
AND
IS
THE
EXPANSION TANK CAP SHOULD BE EXPANSION TANK CAP SHOULD BE
OPENED SLOWLY, UNTIL ALL OPENED SLOWLY, UNTIL ALL
PRESSURE IS RELEASED. PRESSURE IS RELEASED.
When replenishing, add a pre--mixed solution of water and anti--freeze of the same When replenishing, add a pre--mixed solution of water and anti--freeze of the same
proportions as that already in the system. proportions as that already in the system.
The system should be drained by opening the drain cock in the radiator and on the side The system should be drained by opening the drain cock in the radiator and on the side
of the cylinder block. These may be brass type plugs. Remove the expansion tank cap of the cylinder block. These may be brass type plugs. Remove the expansion tank cap
when draining and put the cap on the driver’s seat as a warning that the engine contains when draining and put the cap on the driver’s seat as a warning that the engine contains
no coolant. no coolant.
Where anti--freeze is not used, a suitable corrosion inhibitor must be mixed into the Where anti--freeze is not used, a suitable corrosion inhibitor must be mixed into the
coolant. coolant.
For recommended concentrations and safety precautions refer to Para. 7 Chapter F. For recommended concentrations and safety precautions refer to Para. 7 Chapter F.
Checking the fuel level - (DFG) Checking the fuel level - (DFG)
S Turn ignition/starter switch (26) to S Turn ignition/starter switch (26) to
position 1. position 1.
S Establish fuel supply on the fuel S Establish fuel supply on the fuel
supply display (2). supply display (2).
S If necessary fill up with diesel fuel S If necessary fill up with diesel fuel
(see Chapter D, Section 2). (see Chapter D, Section 2).
2 2
26 26
1203.GB E 15 1203.GB E 15
Checking the windscreen washer Checking the windscreen washer
level level
S Check that there is sufficient S Check that there is sufficient
windscreen washer fluid in the bottle; windscreen washer fluid in the bottle;
refill if necessary. refill if necessary.
S Use anti-freeze windscreen washer S Use anti-freeze windscreen washer
fluid, eg. methylated spirits. fluid, eg. methylated spirits.
09/03 and later (series C) 09/03 and later (series C)

S Check wheels and tyres for wear S Check wheels and tyres for wear
(refer to chapter F). Check tyre (refer to chapter F). Check tyre
pressures (pneumatic tyres only), -- pressures (pneumatic tyres only), --
refer to technical data, chapter B. refer to technical data, chapter B.
E 16 1203.GB E 16 1203.GB
4 Using the Truck 4 Using the Truck
f Before using the truck for the first time or before lifting a load, the driver must ensure
that no one is standing in the risk area. f Before using the truck for the first time or before lifting a load, the driver must ensure
that no one is standing in the risk area.
Checks and Activities Before Daily Use Checks and Activities Before Daily Use
S Check the complete truck (in particular wheels and load carriers) for damage. S Check the complete truck (in particular wheels and load carriers) for damage.
S Check that the load chains are evenly tensioned. S Check that the load chains are evenly tensioned.
S Check the action of the restraint belt buckle and the retraction of the belt into the S Check the action of the restraint belt buckle and the retraction of the belt into the
retractor: refer to para 5.7 for further information. retractor: refer to para 5.7 for further information.
Adjust Driver’s Seat Adjust Driver’s Seat
A To achieve optimum seat damping, the driver’s seat must be set to the driver’s weight.
The driver’s seat must be unloaded when set to the driver’s weight. A To achieve optimum seat damping, the driver’s seat must be set to the driver’s weight.
The driver’s seat must be unloaded when set to the driver’s weight.
Set Driver’s Weight: Set Driver’s Weight:

S Pull lever (60) in the direction of the S Pull lever (60) in the direction of the
arrow as far as the stop and return. arrow as far as the stop and return.
58 58
A The previous weight setting is returned
to minimum. Adjustment range of seat A The previous weight setting is returned
to minimum. Adjustment range of seat
damping 50 kg to 130 kg. damping 50 kg to 130 kg.
S Pull lever (60) in the direction of the S Pull lever (60) in the direction of the
arrow again up to the corresponding arrow again up to the corresponding
weight marking on the scale (61). weight marking on the scale (61).
Then return the lever. Then return the lever.
S Sit on the driver’s seat. S Sit on the driver’s seat.
59 59
f During adjustment, do not reach

between the seat and the engine cover. 61 60
57
f During adjustment, do not reach
between the seat and the engine cover. 61 60
57
Adjust the Backrest: Adjust the Backrest:

S Pull locking lever (59) and adjust the angle of the seat backrest (58). S Pull locking lever (59) and adjust the angle of the seat backrest (58).
S Release locking lever (59) again, this seat backrest is now locked. S Release locking lever (59) again, this seat backrest is now locked.
Adjust Seating Position: Adjust Seating Position:
S Pull locking lever (57) for seat lock up in the direction of the arrows and move the S Pull locking lever (57) for seat lock up in the direction of the arrows and move the
seat to the correct position by sliding forwards or backwards. seat to the correct position by sliding forwards or backwards.
S Allow the locking lever to lock again (57). S Allow the locking lever to lock again (57).
f The driver’s seat catch must be securely locked in the set position. The driver’s seat
position must not be changed during use. f The driver’s seat catch must be securely locked in the set position. The driver’s seat
position must not be changed during use.
A The restraint belt should be fastened before the truck is started: refer to para 5.7 for
further information. A The restraint belt should be fastened before the truck is started: refer to para 5.7 for
further information.
A The seat adjustment described refers to the standard design. The adjustment
instructions of the manufacturer must be used for alternative versions. During A The seat adjustment described refers to the standard design. The adjustment
instructions of the manufacturer must be used for alternative versions. During
adjustment ensure that all controls are easily accessible. adjustment ensure that all controls are easily accessible.
1203.GB E 17 1203.GB E 17
A It is essential that the correct weight is selected as this will reduce the amount of
vibration acting upon the driver’s body. A It is essential that the correct weight is selected as this will reduce the amount of
vibration acting upon the driver’s body.
Some trucks may be fitted with a dead man’s switch, i.e. the truck will not start unless Some trucks may be fitted with a dead man’s switch, i.e. the truck will not start unless
the driver is on the seat. the driver is on the seat.
Steering Column Adjustment. Steering Column Adjustment.
S Pull the steering column control lever 45 S Pull the steering column control lever 45
62 62
(20) in the direction of the arrow (L) (20) in the direction of the arrow (L)
towards the driver’s seat. 28
20 towards the driver’s seat. 28
20
S Move the steering column (62) S Move the steering column (62)
forwards or backwards to the forwards or backwards to the
F F
required angle. required angle.
S Push the steering column adjustment S Push the steering column adjustment
lever in the direction of arrow (F). L lever in the direction of arrow (F). L
Starting the Truck Starting the Truck

Pre-- Start Precautions. Pre-- Start Precautions.
If an engine has been standing for a month or more, lubricate the rocker shaft, tappets If an engine has been standing for a month or more, lubricate the rocker shaft, tappets
and valve stems with engine oil and bleed the fuel system. and valve stems with engine oil and bleed the fuel system.
If the engine has not been run for several weeks, or if the oil filter has been changed, If the engine has not been run for several weeks, or if the oil filter has been changed,
start the engine, (refer to para 4.1 or 4.2), and let it run at idle speed for a few minutes start the engine, (refer to para 4.1 or 4.2), and let it run at idle speed for a few minutes
before use. before use.
Start Engine Start Engine
f The truck should only be operated from the driver’s seat.

S Apply the parking brake.
f The truck should only be operated from the driver’s seat.
S Apply the parking brake.
A Move direction lever (29) to neutral N.

A Move direction lever (29) to neutral N.
A The engine can be started only when the direction lever is in neutral.
A The engine can be started only when the direction lever is in neutral.
A For start process TFG, see Section 4.1.

For start process DFG, see Section 4.2. A For start process TFG, see Section 4.1.
For start process DFG, see Section 4.2.
Key Operated Ignition Switch O Key Operated Ignition Switch O

I I
Function: Function:
O -- all power circuits off, the key can II O -- all power circuits off, the key can II
be removed. be removed.
I -- controls and instruments on. I -- controls and instruments on.
II -- engine pre-heating (diesel only). III II -- engine pre-heating (diesel only). III
III -- start engine (automatic return to III -- start engine (automatic return to
position II). position II).
E 18 1203.GB E 18 1203.GB
4.1 Start Process TFG 4.1 Start Process TFG
f Note safety conditions when dealing

with LPG (see Chapter D, Section 1). f Note safety conditions when dealing
with LPG (see Chapter D, Section 1).
S Slowly open shut--off valve (63) on S Slowly open shut--off valve (63) on
the gas bottle. the gas bottle.
S Insert key in ignition/starter switch S Insert key in ignition/starter switch
(26). (26).
S Turn ignition/starter switch to position S Turn ignition/starter switch to position
I. I.
46
63 46
63
S Activate warning signal button (28) S Activate warning signal button (28)
and check horn for function. and check horn for function.
The warning lights for charge current The warning lights for charge current
(17) engine oil pressure (8), neutral (4) (17) engine oil pressure (8), neutral (4)
and parking brake (1) light up. and parking brake (1) light up.
S Press the accelerator pedal (22) S Press the accelerator pedal (22)
29 29
lightly. lightly.
28 28
S Turn the starter/ignition switch to S Turn the starter/ignition switch to
position II. position II.
Only operate the starter for max 15 Only operate the starter for max 15
seconds at a time. Before repeating the seconds at a time. Before repeating the
start process, return the ignition/starter start process, return the ignition/starter
switch to position 0 and wait 30 to 60 switch to position 0 and wait 30 to 60
seconds. seconds.
S Release key as soon as the engine 22 S Release key as soon as the engine 22
starts. It automatically returns to 26 starts. It automatically returns to 26
position I. position I.
f It is important to observe the following safety conditions when dealing with LPG Trucks.
If LPG truck does not start:

f It is important to observe the following safety conditions when dealing with LPG Trucks.
If LPG truck does not start:

S Close shut--off valve for gas bottle. S Close shut--off valve for gas bottle.
S Turn ignition/starter switch to O. S Turn ignition/starter switch to O.
S Call a trained competent Service Engineer for technical assistance. S Call a trained competent Service Engineer for technical assistance.
S DO NOT remove the plastic cover on the LPG vaporiser. S DO NOT remove the plastic cover on the LPG vaporiser.
S DO NOT depress the fuel primer button. S DO NOT depress the fuel primer button.
The removal of the plastic cover and the depressing of the fuel primer button must only The removal of the plastic cover and the depressing of the fuel primer button must only
be carried out by a trained competent Service Engineer. be carried out by a trained competent Service Engineer.
Depressing the fuel primer button repeatedly will cause excess fuel to be injected into Depressing the fuel primer button repeatedly will cause excess fuel to be injected into
the system, thus increasing the risk of fire or explosion! the system, thus increasing the risk of fire or explosion!
1203.GB E 19 1203.GB E 19
All warning lights except for neutral (4) 1 4 All warning lights except for neutral (4) 1 4
8 8
and parking brake (1) must go out as and parking brake (1) must go out as
soon as the engine starts. If this is not soon as the engine starts. If this is not
the case, switch off the engine and the case, switch off the engine and
repair the fault. repair the fault.
17 17
4.2 Start Process DFG 16 4.2 Start Process DFG 16
S Insert key in ignition/starter switch S Insert key in ignition/starter switch
29
33 29
33
(26). 28
25 (26). 28
25
S Turn ignition/starter switch to position S Turn ignition/starter switch to position
I. I.
S Activate warning signal button (28) S Activate warning signal button (28)
and test horn for function. and test horn for function.
S When the ignition/starter switch (26) S When the ignition/starter switch (26)
has been moved to position I, the has been moved to position I, the
warning lights for charge current (17), warning lights for charge current (17),
engine oil pressure (8), neutral engine oil pressure (8), neutral
position (4) and parking brake (1), position (4) and parking brake (1),
26
34 26
34
and the control light for preglow (16) and the control light for preglow (16)
light up. light up.
S Press the accelerator pedal (22) fully S Press the accelerator pedal (22) fully
and wait for the preglow light to go and wait for the preglow light to go
out. out.
A The preglow time depends on the

engine temperature and is usually
1 4 8 A The preglow time depends on the
engine temperature and is usually
1 4 8
around 4 seconds. around 4 seconds.
A On DFG 16/20 AK models, the preglow

light does not extinguish, hence, after 4 A On DFG 16/20 AK models, the preglow
light does not extinguish, hence, after 4
seconds, turn starter/ignition switch to seconds, turn starter/ignition switch to
position II. position II.
17 17
S Turn the starter/ignition switch to S Turn the starter/ignition switch to
position II. 16 position II. 16
Only operate the starter for max 15 Only operate the starter for max 15
seconds at a time. Before repeating the seconds at a time. Before repeating the
start process, return the ignition/starter start process, return the ignition/starter
switch to position 0 and wait 30 to 60 switch to position 0 and wait 30 to 60
seconds. seconds.
S Release the key as soon as the S Release the key as soon as the
engine has started. It automatically engine has started. It automatically
returns to position I. returns to position I.
All warning lights except for neutral (4) All warning lights except for neutral (4)
and parking brake (1) must go out as 22 and parking brake (1) must go out as 22
soon as the engine starts. If this is not soon as the engine starts. If this is not
the case turn off the engine immediately the case turn off the engine immediately
and repair the fault. and repair the fault.
E 20 1203.GB E 20 1203.GB
f After the engine has started, carry out a
test run and the following functions
checks:
31 f After the engine has started, carry out a
test run and the following functions
checks:
31
18 18
S Test brake effect of parking brake S Test brake effect of parking brake
(31) and operating brake (30). (31) and operating brake (30).
S Control the engine speed with the 30 S Control the engine speed with the 30
accelerator (22) in various ranges, accelerator (22) in various ranges,
checking for free movement of the checking for free movement of the
pedal. pedal.
S Check hydraulic control functions for S Check hydraulic control functions for
raise/lower (23), tilt (24) and where raise/lower (23), tilt (24) and where
applicable the attachments for applicable the attachments for
smooth function. smooth function.
22 22
S Turn steering wheel (18) to both end S Turn steering wheel (18) to both end
positions and check steering for positions and check steering for
function. function.
23 31 23 31
24
32 24
32
1203.GB E 21 1203.GB E 21
Do not run the engine to warm on idle. Do not run the engine to warm on idle.
The engine quickly reaches its The engine quickly reaches its
operating temperature under moderate operating temperature under moderate
load and at varying speeds. load and at varying speeds.
Only apply full load to the engine when Only apply full load to the engine when
the engine coolant temperature (2) the engine coolant temperature (2)
shows the operating temperature. shows the operating temperature.
When all function tests have been When all function tests have been
carried out perfectly and operating 2 carried out perfectly and operating 2
temperature has been reached, the temperature has been reached, the
truck is ready for use. truck is ready for use.
4.3 Fault Displays during Operation 4.3 Fault Displays during Operation
If the warning lights for: If the warning lights for:
3 3
S engine oil pressure (8), 8 S engine oil pressure (8), 8
S charge current (17), S charge current (17),
S coolant temperature (3), S coolant temperature (3),
S converter temperature (11), S converter temperature (11),
come on, the engine must be switched come on, the engine must be switched
off immediately. off immediately.
17 11 17 11
The engine may not be started again The engine may not be started again
until the fault has been repaired. until the fault has been repaired.
A For fault search and remedies, see

Section 6. A For fault search and remedies, see
Section 6.
Check fuel tank display (2, DFG only) Check fuel tank display (2, DFG only)
during operation. during operation.
E 22 1203.GB E 22 1203.GB
Switch Off Engine 1. Switch Off Engine 1.
31 31
Do not switch off the engine from full Do not switch off the engine from full
load but allow to run for a short time to load but allow to run for a short time to
adjust temperature. adjust temperature.
S Stop the truck. S Stop the truck.
29 29
S Move the direction lever (29) to S Move the direction lever (29) to
neutral. neutral.
S Activate the parking lever (31). S Activate the parking lever (31).
S Turn the ignition/starter switch (26) to S Turn the ignition/starter switch (26) to
26 26
1203.GB E 23 1203.GB E 23
5 Operation of the Forklift Truck 5 Operation of the Forklift Truck
5.1 Safety regulations applicable when operating the truck 5.1 Safety regulations applicable when operating the truck
Driving lanes and work areas: Only such lanes and routes that are specially Driving lanes and work areas: Only such lanes and routes that are specially
allocated for truck traffic must be used. Unauthorized persons must stay away from allocated for truck traffic must be used. Unauthorized persons must stay away from
work areas. Loads must only be stored at places specially provided for this purpose. work areas. Loads must only be stored at places specially provided for this purpose.
Driving conduct: The travelling speed must be adapted to the prevailing local Driving conduct: The travelling speed must be adapted to the prevailing local
conditions. The truck must be driven at slow speed when negotiating bends or narrow conditions. The truck must be driven at slow speed when negotiating bends or narrow
passages, when passing through swing doors and at blind spots. The driver must passages, when passing through swing doors and at blind spots. The driver must
always observe an adequate braking distance between the fork--lift truck and the truck always observe an adequate braking distance between the fork--lift truck and the truck
in front and he must be in control of his truck at all times. Sudden stopping (except in in front and he must be in control of his truck at all times. Sudden stopping (except in
emergencies), rapid U--turns and overtaking at dangerous or blind spots is not emergencies), rapid U--turns and overtaking at dangerous or blind spots is not
permitted. It is forbidden to lean out of or reach beyond the working and operating area. permitted. It is forbidden to lean out of or reach beyond the working and operating area.
Visibility: The driver must look in the direction of travel and must always have a clear Visibility: The driver must look in the direction of travel and must always have a clear
view of the route ahead. When loads blocking the view are carried, the fork--lift truck view of the route ahead. When loads blocking the view are carried, the fork--lift truck
must be driven with the load at the rear. If this is not possible, a second person must must be driven with the load at the rear. If this is not possible, a second person must
walk in front of the fork--lift truck to give suitable warnings. walk in front of the fork--lift truck to give suitable warnings.
Negotiating slopes and inclines: Negotiating of slopes and inclines is permitted Negotiating slopes and inclines: Negotiating of slopes and inclines is permitted
only, when they are recognized lanes, when they are clean and non--slipping, and when only, when they are recognized lanes, when they are clean and non--slipping, and when
the technical specification of the truck permits safe driving on such slopes or inclines. the technical specification of the truck permits safe driving on such slopes or inclines.
Loads must always be carried at that end of the truck facing uphill. U--turns, cutting Loads must always be carried at that end of the truck facing uphill. U--turns, cutting
obliquely over slopes or inclines and parking of the fork--lift truck on slopes or inclines is obliquely over slopes or inclines and parking of the fork--lift truck on slopes or inclines is
not permitted. Inclines must only be negotiated at slow speed with the driver ready to not permitted. Inclines must only be negotiated at slow speed with the driver ready to
brake at any moment. brake at any moment.
Use of lifts and driving on load platforms: Lifts and loading platforms must only be Use of lifts and driving on load platforms: Lifts and loading platforms must only be
used, if they are of adequate load bearing capacity, if suitable for driving on, and if used, if they are of adequate load bearing capacity, if suitable for driving on, and if
authorized by the user of the truck for truck traffic. The fork--lift truck driver has to satisfy authorized by the user of the truck for truck traffic. The fork--lift truck driver has to satisfy
himself accordingly before driving into lifts or on to loading platforms. The truck must himself accordingly before driving into lifts or on to loading platforms. The truck must
enter lifts with the load in front and must take up a position which does not allow it to enter lifts with the load in front and must take up a position which does not allow it to
come into contact with the walls of the lift shaft. Persons riding in the lift together with the come into contact with the walls of the lift shaft. Persons riding in the lift together with the
fork--lift truck must only enter the lift after the fork--lift truck has come safely to a fork--lift truck must only enter the lift after the fork--lift truck has come safely to a
standstill, and must leave the lift before the fork--lift truck. standstill, and must leave the lift before the fork--lift truck.
Nature of the load carried: Only loads that have been safely and correctly secured Nature of the load carried: Only loads that have been safely and correctly secured
must be carried. Never transport loads stacked higher than the top of the fork carriage, must be carried. Never transport loads stacked higher than the top of the fork carriage,
or stacked higher than the guard grille. or stacked higher than the guard grille.
E 24 1203.GB E 24 1203.GB
Towing of trailers or other vehicles is only allowed occasionally and on paved, level Towing of trailers or other vehicles is only allowed occasionally and on paved, level
driveways with a maximum deviation of +/--1% and a maximum speed of 5 km/h. driveways with a maximum deviation of +/--1% and a maximum speed of 5 km/h.
Permanent trailer operation is not permitted. Permanent trailer operation is not permitted.
While towing, loads are not allowed on the forks. While towing, loads are not allowed on the forks.
The maximum trailer load given for the fork lift truck for braked and/or unbraked trailers The maximum trailer load given for the fork lift truck for braked and/or unbraked trailers
must not be exceeded. The indicated trailer load is only valid for the auxiliary coupling must not be exceeded. The indicated trailer load is only valid for the auxiliary coupling
at the fork lift truck counterweight. Also heed the instructions of the coupling at the fork lift truck counterweight. Also heed the instructions of the coupling
manufacturer if the genuine trailer coupling is replaced by another make. manufacturer if the genuine trailer coupling is replaced by another make.
After attaching the trailer but before starting driving, the driver must check that the After attaching the trailer but before starting driving, the driver must check that the
trailer coupling is secured against detaching. Towing fork lift trucks must be operated in trailer coupling is secured against detaching. Towing fork lift trucks must be operated in
such a manner that safe driving and braking of the truck and the trailer is guaranteed for such a manner that safe driving and braking of the truck and the trailer is guaranteed for
all driving movements. all driving movements.
f Exhaust emissions: Only operate the truck in well ventilated areas. Operating the
truck in confined areas may lead to a build up of harmful exhaust emissions, which may
cause dizziness, drowsiness or even death!
f Exhaust emissions: Only operate the truck in well ventilated areas. Operating the
truck in confined areas may lead to a build up of harmful exhaust emissions, which may
cause dizziness, drowsiness or even death!
1203.GB E 25 1203.GB E 25
5.2 Driving 5.2 Driving
f Adjust the driving speed to the situation

of the road, working area and load. f Adjust the driving speed to the situation
of the road, working area and load.
neutral. neutral.
S Raise the fork carrier approximately S Raise the fork carrier approximately
200 mm so that the load forks are 200 mm so that the load forks are
clear of the ground. clear of the ground.
S Tilt the lifting frame fully back. S Tilt the lifting frame fully back.
S Release the parking brake. S Release the parking brake.
Driving Forwards Driving Forwards

S Move the direction lever (29) S Move the direction lever (29)
forwards. forwards.
slowly until the required speed is slowly until the required speed is
reached. reached.
22 22
Change Direction of Travel Change Direction of Travel

29
33 29
33
Only change direction of travel when the Only change direction of travel when the
truck has stopped. truck has stopped.
27 27
S Move the direction lever (29) through S Move the direction lever (29) through
neutral to the required direction of neutral to the required direction of
travel. travel.
slowly until the required speed has slowly until the required speed has
been reached. been reached.
Reversing Reversing
f Ensure that the driving area behind you is clear.

S Move the direction lever (29) backwards.
f Ensure that the driving area behind you is clear.
S Move the direction lever (29) backwards.
Accelerate Truck Accelerate Truck
S Slowly press the accelerator (22) until the truck begins to move. S Slowly press the accelerator (22) until the truck begins to move.
S Press the accelerator further. S Press the accelerator further.
The engine speed and drive speed increase. The engine speed and drive speed increase.
E 26 1203.GB E 26 1203.GB
Stopping the truck Stopping the truck
f The braking behaviour of the truck

mainly depends on the ground surface.
The driver must take this into account in
f The braking behaviour of the truck
mainly depends on the ground surface.
The driver must take this into account in
his driving behaviour. Brake the truck his driving behaviour. Brake the truck
carefully to ensure that the load does 30 carefully to ensure that the load does 30
not slip. not slip.
22 22
Braking Braking
S Remove foot from accelerator (22). S Remove foot from accelerator (22).
S Lightly press the creep/brake pedal (30). S Lightly press the creep/brake pedal (30).
In the first range of the pedal travel, the force via the torque converter is reduced. In the first range of the pedal travel, the force via the torque converter is reduced.
S Press the creep/brake pedal (30) further. S Press the creep/brake pedal (30) further.
When pressed further, the truck is braked to a standstill using the drum brake. When pressed further, the truck is braked to a standstill using the drum brake.
Creep Drive with Creep/Brake Pedal Creep Drive with Creep/Brake Pedal
When manoeuvring in tight spaces for slow movement, operate the creep/brake pedal When manoeuvring in tight spaces for slow movement, operate the creep/brake pedal
(30) delicately. (30) delicately.
This operating mode is permitted for maximum 5 seconds at a high engine speed. This operating mode is permitted for maximum 5 seconds at a high engine speed.
1203.GB E 27 1203.GB E 27
5.3 Steering 5.3 Steering
f The steering force to be applied is very

low because of the hydrostatic steering,
so turn the steering wheel (18)
18
26
f The steering force to be applied is very
low because of the hydrostatic steering,
so turn the steering wheel (18)
18
26
delicately. delicately.
5.4 Braking 5.4 Braking

Service brakes Service brakes
The drum brakes on the front wheels The drum brakes on the front wheels
are controlled hydraulically via the are controlled hydraulically via the
creep/brake pedal. creep/brake pedal.
S Press the creep/brake pedal (30) until S Press the creep/brake pedal (30) until
there is perceptible braking pressure. there is perceptible braking pressure.
The first range of the pedal travel The first range of the pedal travel
controls the force flow in the gears. controls the force flow in the gears.
When the pedal is pressed further, When the pedal is pressed further,
the drum brakes on the front wheels 30 the drum brakes on the front wheels 30
are applied. are applied.
Parking brake Parking brake

The parking brake lever mechanically The parking brake lever mechanically
operates the drum brakes on the front Parking Brake 40 operates the drum brakes on the front Parking Brake 40
wheels. Disengaged wheels. Disengaged
S Pull the parking brake lever (31) S Pull the parking brake lever (31)
beyond the pressure point to the stop. beyond the pressure point to the stop.
31
27 31
27
The parking brake is engaged and The parking brake is engaged and
the brake lever locked in this position. the brake lever locked in this position.
S Depress button (40) and briefly pull S Depress button (40) and briefly pull
lever backward to disengage from lever backward to disengage from
ratchet. Push the brake lever forward Parking Brake ratchet. Push the brake lever forward Parking Brake
over the pressure point to release the Engaged over the pressure point to release the Engaged
brake. brake.
The brake lever is also locked in the The brake lever is also locked in the
released position. released position.
E 28 1203.GB E 28 1203.GB
Parking brake (09/03 and later (series C)) Parking brake (09/03 and later (series C))
The parking brake lever mechanically The parking brake lever mechanically
operates the drum brakes on the front Parking Brake operates the drum brakes on the front Parking Brake
wheels. Disengaged wheels. Disengaged
S Pull the parking brake lever (31) S Pull the parking brake lever (31)
beyond the pressure point to the stop. beyond the pressure point to the stop.
The parking brake is engaged and Parking Brake The parking brake is engaged and Parking Brake
the brake lever locked in this position. Engaged the brake lever locked in this position. Engaged
S Pull the release lever (40) towards S Pull the release lever (40) towards
the brake lever and briefly pull the the brake lever and briefly pull the
locking lever (31) to the rear to locking lever (31) to the rear to
disengage it. Push the brake lever disengage it. Push the brake lever
forward over the pressure point to forward over the pressure point to
release the brake. release the brake.
The brake lever is also locked in the The brake lever is also locked in the
released position. released position.
A Always apply the parking brake and

switch off the engine before leaving the A Always apply the parking brake and
switch off the engine before leaving the
truck. truck.
f The parking brake will hold the truck at its maximum permitted load on a clean concrete
surface on a slope of 15%. f The parking brake will hold the truck at its maximum permitted load on a clean concrete
surface on a slope of 15%.
1203.GB E 29 1203.GB E 29
5.5 Operating the Mast and Attachments 23 5.5 Operating the Mast and Attachments 23
f The control lever may only be operated

from the driver’s seat. f The control lever may only be operated
from the driver’s seat.
The lifting gear is operated with the The lifting gear is operated with the
control levers to the right of the driver’s control levers to the right of the driver’s
seat. seat.
24 24
Raise/Lower Fork Carriage Raise/Lower Fork Carriage

S Pull the control lever (23) back to S Pull the control lever (23) back to
raise the fork carriage. raise the fork carriage.
S Push the control lever (23) forwards S Push the control lever (23) forwards
to lower the fork carriage. to lower the fork carriage.
Tilt Mast Forwards/Backwards Tilt Mast Forwards/Backwards
f When the mast is tilted back, do not

insert any body parts between the mast
and the front wall.
f When the mast is tilted back, do not
insert any body parts between the mast
and the front wall.
S Pull the control lever (24) back to tilt S Pull the control lever (24) back to tilt
the mast back. the mast back.
S Push the control lever (24) forwards S Push the control lever (24) forwards
to tilt the mast forwards. to tilt the mast forwards.
f Operating an Attachment f Operating an Attachment

Attachments are operated using the Attachments are operated using the
control lever (64) on the right next to 23
32 control lever (64) on the right next to 23
32
control lever (23) (tilt mast). control lever (23) (tilt mast).
f When operating an attachment,

observe the manufacturer’s operating
instructions.
f When operating an attachment,
observe the manufacturer’s operating
instructions.
64
49 64
49
E 30 1203.GB E 30 1203.GB
Control Machine Speed 23 Control Machine Speed 23
The working speed of the hydraulic The working speed of the hydraulic
cylinders is controlled by the extent of cylinders is controlled by the extent of
movement of the control levers and the movement of the control levers and the
engine speed. engine speed.
When the control levers are released When the control levers are released
they automatically return to neutral and they automatically return to neutral and
the machine locks in the position set. the machine locks in the position set.
24 24
Always operate the control levers Always operate the control levers
smoothly and carefully. When reaching smoothly and carefully. When reaching
the end stop, release the control levers the end stop, release the control levers
immediately. immediately.
S Increase engine speed with S Increase engine speed with
accelerator (22) and accelerator (22) and
S Move the control lever further back to S Move the control lever further back to
increase the speed of the machine. increase the speed of the machine.
A The engine speed has no effect on the

lowering speed of the fork carrier. A The engine speed has no effect on the
lowering speed of the fork carrier.
f Lifting of persons with the lifting gear is

prohibited. f Lifting of persons with the lifting gear is
prohibited.
22 22
1203.GB E 31 1203.GB E 31
5.6 Picking Up, Transporting and Setting 5.6 Picking Up, Transporting and Setting
Down Load Units Down Load Units
f The control levers may be operated only

65 66 f The control levers may be operated only
65 66
Before picking up a load unit, the driver Before picking up a load unit, the driver
must ensure that it is properly palleted must ensure that it is properly palleted
and the permitted load--bearing 67 and the permitted load--bearing 67
capacity of the truck is not exceeded. capacity of the truck is not exceeded.
Note load diagram! Note load diagram!
Adjust Load Forks Adjust Load Forks
f The load forks should be adjusted so

that the two arms are at the same
distance from the outer edges of the fork
f The load forks should be adjusted so
that the two arms are at the same
distance from the outer edges of the fork
carrier and the centre of gravity of the carrier and the centre of gravity of the
load lies in the centre between the fork load lies in the centre between the fork
arms. arms.
S Swivel locking lever (65) upwards. S Swivel locking lever (65) upwards.
S Slide fork arm (66) on the fork S Slide fork arm (66) on the fork
carriage (67) into the correct position. carriage (67) into the correct position.
S Slide locking lever down and move S Slide locking lever down and move
the fork arm until it engages in a the fork arm until it engages in a
groove. groove.
E 32 1203.GB E 32 1203.GB
Picking Up the Load Picking Up the Load
S Carefully approach the load to be S Carefully approach the load to be
picked up. picked up.
31 31
S Switch the direction lever (29) to S Switch the direction lever (29) to
neutral. neutral.
29 29
S Apply the parking brake (31). S Apply the parking brake (31).
S Raise the forks to the correct height S Raise the forks to the correct height
for the load. for the load.
S Move the direction of travel lever to S Move the direction of travel lever to
forwards and release the parking forwards and release the parking
brake. brake.
S Carefully move the forks under the S Carefully move the forks under the
load, if possible until it lies on the back load, if possible until it lies on the back
of the forks. 09/03 and later (series C) of the forks. 09/03 and later (series C)
1203.GB E 33 1203.GB E 33
f The load forks must have at least 2/3 of
their length under the load. f The load forks must have at least 2/3 of
their length under the load.
neutral and apply the parking brake neutral and apply the parking brake
(31). (31).
S Raise the fork carriers until the load S Raise the fork carriers until the load
lies freely on the load forks. lies freely on the load forks.
S Switch the direction lever to reverse S Switch the direction lever to reverse
and release the parking brake. and release the parking brake.
f Ensure the path is clear behind you.

S Carefully and slowly reverse until the
f Ensure the path is clear behind you.
S Carefully and slowly reverse until the
load is outside the storage area. load is outside the storage area.
31 31
29 29
E 34 1203.GB E 34 1203.GB
f It is prohibited to stand below the raised
load. f It is prohibited to stand below the raised
load.
S Lower the load as far as possible for S Lower the load as far as possible for
transport (ground clearance approx. transport (ground clearance approx.
150 to 200 mm). 150 to 200 mm).
f The higher the load is transported, the

lower the stability. f The higher the load is transported, the
lower the stability.
1203.GB E 35 1203.GB E 35
Transporting Loads Transporting Loads
f If the load is packed so high that visibility

forwards is blocked, drive backwards. f If the load is packed so high that visibility
forwards is blocked, drive backwards.
S Carefully accelerate the truck using S Carefully accelerate the truck using
the accelerator pedal (22) and brake 30 the accelerator pedal (22) and brake 30
carefully using the creep/brake pedal carefully using the creep/brake pedal
(30). Always be ready to brake. (30). Always be ready to brake.
S Adapt the drive speed to the S Adapt the drive speed to the
composition of the road surface and composition of the road surface and
the load to be transported. the load to be transported.
22 22
S Look for other traffic at intersections S Look for other traffic at intersections
and crossings. and crossings.
S If visibility is not clear, only move S If visibility is not clear, only move
when there is someone to give when there is someone to give
signals. signals.
f On slopes, always transport the load

uphill of the truck and never travel
across slopes or turn.
f On slopes, always transport the load
uphill of the truck and never travel
across slopes or turn.
Never reverse the truck at full speed or Never reverse the truck at full speed or
only at 5 km/h (or less). only at 5 km/h (or less).
E 36 1203.GB E 36 1203.GB
Depositing the load Depositing the load
S Carefully bring the truck to the shelf. S Carefully bring the truck to the shelf.
neutral. neutral.
31 31
S Apply the parking brake (31). S Apply the parking brake (31).
29 29
S Raise the forks to the correct height S Raise the forks to the correct height
for the shelf place. for the shelf place.
S Set the lifting frame to vertical. S Set the lifting frame to vertical.
S Move the direction lever to forwards S Move the direction lever to forwards
and release the parking brake. and release the parking brake.
S Carefully move the load into the shelf S Carefully move the load into the shelf
space. space.
S Lower the load slowly until the load S Lower the load slowly until the load
forks are free. forks are free.
Avoid a sudden dropping of the load in Avoid a sudden dropping of the load in
order to prevent damage to the load and order to prevent damage to the load and
the load carriers. the load carriers.
1203.GB E 37 1203.GB E 37
Stack cylindrical loads tightly together Stack cylindrical loads tightly together
and level. and level.
Place each row on boards and place Place each row on boards and place
wedges at each end. wedges at each end.
Cylindrical objects can also be pyramid Cylindrical objects can also be pyramid
stacked. stacked.
Place wedges against each roll in the Place wedges against each roll in the
bottom row. bottom row.
Stack pallets loaded with cases straight Stack pallets loaded with cases straight
and square to each other. and square to each other.
Stagger the top row to provide extra Stagger the top row to provide extra
security. security.
AO--127
AO--127
Handling of single swinging loads Handling of single swinging loads
For fork lift trucks fitted with a fork arm mounted hook attachment, (or any other device For fork lift trucks fitted with a fork arm mounted hook attachment, (or any other device
which allows loads to be suspended from a hook), are prone to additional destabilising which allows loads to be suspended from a hook), are prone to additional destabilising
forces acting upon the truck. For trucks adapted for such duties, the following forces acting upon the truck. For trucks adapted for such duties, the following
guidelines must be followed to increase truck stability. guidelines must be followed to increase truck stability.
A A fork lift truck adapted to carry loads suspended from a hook, is deemed to be a crane
and will be subject to relevant crane legislation. A A fork lift truck adapted to carry loads suspended from a hook, is deemed to be a crane
and will be subject to relevant crane legislation.
When handling suspended loads, the maximum laden speed on level ground shall be When handling suspended loads, the maximum laden speed on level ground shall be
restricted to 17 Km/h (10 mph). restricted to 17 Km/h (10 mph).
The capacity of the truck is reduced when adapted to carry loads from a hook. Refer to The capacity of the truck is reduced when adapted to carry loads from a hook. Refer to
the identification plate fitted to the attachment and/or cab for: the identification plate fitted to the attachment and/or cab for:
S Weight of attachment; S Weight of attachment;
S Centre of gravity; S Centre of gravity;
S Rated load capacity. S Rated load capacity.
E 38 1203.GB E 38 1203.GB
f DO NOT EXCEED THE RATED LOAD CAPACITY FOR THE TRUCK AND
ATTACHMENT. f DO NOT EXCEED THE RATED LOAD CAPACITY FOR THE TRUCK AND
ATTACHMENT.
S The hook should not be raised more than 4500mm above ground level. S The hook should not be raised more than 4500mm above ground level.
S In the travelling mode, the bottom of the load shall not be higher than 300mm from S In the travelling mode, the bottom of the load shall not be higher than 300mm from
ground level or truck structure -- whichever is the least. The mast must be either ground level or truck structure -- whichever is the least. The mast must be either
substantially vertical or tilted backwards. substantially vertical or tilted backwards.
S The truck shall be operated only on substantially firm, smooth, level and prepared S The truck shall be operated only on substantially firm, smooth, level and prepared
surfaces. surfaces.
S A single load shall be carried at any one time. S A single load shall be carried at any one time.
f Tipping may occur if the truck is

improperly operated, which may lead to
injury. If your truck is about to tip over:
f Tipping may occur if the truck is
improperly operated, which may lead to
injury. If your truck is about to tip over:
S Stay with the truck (do not jump S Stay with the truck (do not jump
clear); clear);
NO NOT JUMP HOLD ON TIGHT NO NOT JUMP HOLD ON TIGHT
S Hold onto the steering wheel firmly; S Hold onto the steering wheel firmly;
S Brace your feet; S Brace your feet;
S Lean away from the point of impact. S Lean away from the point of impact.
BRACE FEET LEAN AWAY BRACE FEET LEAN AWAY
5.7 Instructions for the use of restraint belts 5.7 Instructions for the use of restraint belts
The restraint belt, if fitted, should be fastened before the truck is started. Fasten the The restraint belt, if fitted, should be fastened before the truck is started. Fasten the
restraint belt as follows: restraint belt as follows:
S Withdraw restraint belt from the retractor without jerking it. S Withdraw restraint belt from the retractor without jerking it.
S Fasten the belt closely over the lap and insert the buckle latch into the buckle: ensure S Fasten the belt closely over the lap and insert the buckle latch into the buckle: ensure
the belt is not twisted. the belt is not twisted.
The operator should always sit back as far as possible. This will ensure that the The operator should always sit back as far as possible. This will ensure that the
operators back is supported and the restraint belt affords the greatest protection. operators back is supported and the restraint belt affords the greatest protection.
S Once the truck has come to rest, and the engine stopped, release the retractor belt S Once the truck has come to rest, and the engine stopped, release the retractor belt
by pressing the red button on the belt buckle. Guide the buckle latch back to the by pressing the red button on the belt buckle. Guide the buckle latch back to the
retractor. retractor.
A belt strap which runs in too fast can actuate the automatic locking device due to the A belt strap which runs in too fast can actuate the automatic locking device due to the
impact of the buckle latch on the casing. Once the automatic locking device has been impact of the buckle latch on the casing. Once the automatic locking device has been
actuated, the belt stop can not be withdrawn without undue effort. Release the actuated, the belt stop can not be withdrawn without undue effort. Release the
automatic locking device as follows: automatic locking device as follows:
S Pull the belt strap out of the casing by 10--15mm -- some effort may be required! S Pull the belt strap out of the casing by 10--15mm -- some effort may be required!
S Allow the belt strap to run-in. S Allow the belt strap to run-in.
S It should now be possible to withdraw the belt strap as usual. S It should now be possible to withdraw the belt strap as usual.
The automatic locking device prevents the belt strap from being withdrawn from the The automatic locking device prevents the belt strap from being withdrawn from the
retractor when the truck is on a steep slope. The truck must therefore be driven off the retractor when the truck is on a steep slope. The truck must therefore be driven off the
steep slope before the restraint belt can be applied. steep slope before the restraint belt can be applied.
1203.GB E 39 1203.GB E 39
Daily checks/maintenance of the restraint belt Daily checks/maintenance of the restraint belt
The operator should check the restraint belt on a daily basis to ensure it’s good The operator should check the restraint belt on a daily basis to ensure it’s good
condition and correct working order before using the truck. The checks must include condition and correct working order before using the truck. The checks must include
the following: the following:
S Withdraw the restraint belt completely and check for unravelling. S Withdraw the restraint belt completely and check for unravelling.
S Check the action of the belt buckle and the retraction of the restraint belt into the S Check the action of the belt buckle and the retraction of the restraint belt into the
retractor. retractor.
Test the automatic locking device as follows: Test the automatic locking device as follows:
S Park the truck on level ground S Park the truck on level ground
S Withdraw the belt with a jerk -- the automatic locking device must stop the withdrawal S Withdraw the belt with a jerk -- the automatic locking device must stop the withdrawal
of the restraint belt. of the restraint belt.
f Do not operate the truck with a defective restraint belt.

Have it replaced immediately. f Do not operate the truck with a defective restraint belt.
Have it replaced immediately.
If the truck has been involved in an accident, the restraint belt must be replaced. If the truck has been involved in an accident, the restraint belt must be replaced.
Damaged restraint belts or belts which no longer function properly, must be replaced Damaged restraint belts or belts which no longer function properly, must be replaced
by a trained competent person. by a trained competent person.
E 40 1203.GB E 40 1203.GB
5.8 Parking the Truck Safely 5.8 Parking the Truck Safely
f When leaving the truck, it must be safely

parked even if the absence will only be
brief.
f When leaving the truck, it must be safely
parked even if the absence will only be
brief.
Never leave the truck with the load 31 Never leave the truck with the load 31
raised. raised.
S Drive the truck onto flat ground. 29 S Drive the truck onto flat ground. 29
f L.P. Gas trucks should not be parked or

driven above ground level in multi-story
buildings or on ground level above
f L.P. Gas trucks should not be parked or
driven above ground level in multi-story
buildings or on ground level above
basements. basements.
L.P. Gas is colourless, heavier than air L.P. Gas is colourless, heavier than air
and does not disperse easily. It will tend and does not disperse easily. It will tend
to sink to the lowest possible level and to sink to the lowest possible level and
may accumulate in pits, drains, may accumulate in pits, drains,
basements or other depressions. basements or other depressions.
Hence, an accumulation of L.P. Gas Hence, an accumulation of L.P. Gas
may occur in areas away from the truck, may occur in areas away from the truck,
posing a danger to personnel who are posing a danger to personnel who are
unaware of the potential problems of unaware of the potential problems of
explosion or frost bite. explosion or frost bite.
S Lower the load forks completely and S Lower the load forks completely and
tilt the lifting frame forwards. tilt the lifting frame forwards.
neutral. neutral.
S Apply parking brake (31). S Apply parking brake (31).
1203.GB E 41 1203.GB E 41
Turn Off Engine DFG Turn Off Engine DFG
S Turn ignition/starter switch (26) to S Turn ignition/starter switch (26) to
S Remove key from ignition/starter S Remove key from ignition/starter
switch (26). switch (26).
Turn Off Engine TFG Turn Off Engine TFG
S Close shut--off valve (63) for gas S Close shut--off valve (63) for gas
bottle. bottle.
S Wait until the engine stops. 63 S Wait until the engine stops. 63
46 46
S Turn ignition/starter switch (26) to 0. S Turn ignition/starter switch (26) to 0.
S Remove key from ignition/starter S Remove key from ignition/starter
switch (26). switch (26).
5.9 Engine housing and service covers 5.9 Engine housing and service covers
Engine housing Engine housing
A Prior to opening the engine housing, the

steering column must be fully forward A Prior to opening the engine housing, the
steering column must be fully forward
and the seat fully back on its runners. and the seat fully back on its runners.
S To open the engine housing, insert a S To open the engine housing, insert a
suitable implement (68) through the suitable implement (68) through the
access hole and depress the engine access hole and depress the engine
housing catch (69). housing catch (69).
S Lift the engine housing to its full S Lift the engine housing to its full
extent; a gas strut will keep the extent; a gas strut will keep the
housing in the raised position. housing in the raised position.
When a truck is fitted with steel cabin, When a truck is fitted with steel cabin,
both cabin doors must be opened prior 68 both cabin doors must be opened prior 68
to lifting engine housing. to lifting engine housing.
Ensure the engine housing is correctly Ensure the engine housing is correctly
engaged prior to operating the truck. engaged prior to operating the truck.
69 69
Truck shown without protective plate for clarity. Truck shown without protective plate for clarity.
E 42 1203.GB E 42 1203.GB
Service covers Service covers
Once the engine housing has been Once the engine housing has been
opened, the service covers (70) may be opened, the service covers (70) may be
removed as follows: removed as follows:
S Tilt upper part of cover panel away 70 S Tilt upper part of cover panel away 70
from the truck. Lift service cover clear from the truck. Lift service cover clear
of truck. of truck.
S Replace service cover lugs into the S Replace service cover lugs into the
cab/loadguard. Press the upper part cab/loadguard. Press the upper part
of the service cover towards the truck of the service cover towards the truck
until it locks into place. until it locks into place.
f Steel cabin f Steel cabin
On trucks fitted with a steel cabin, both On trucks fitted with a steel cabin, both
cabin doors are lockable. 71 cabin doors are lockable. 71
S To unlock the cabin door, turn key S To unlock the cabin door, turn key
anti-clockwise. anti-clockwise.
S To lock the cabin door, turn key S To lock the cabin door, turn key
clockwise. clockwise.
S To open the cabin door unlock the S To open the cabin door unlock the
door and pull out the handle (71) or door and pull out the handle (71) or
push in the button (72) (09/03 and push in the button (72) (09/03 and
later (series C)). 72 later (series C)). 72
1203.GB E 43 1203.GB E 43
5.10 Towing 5.10 Towing
Because the transmission is driven by Because the transmission is driven by
the truck engine, should a truck with an the truck engine, should a truck with an
inoperative engine be towed, then the inoperative engine be towed, then the
transmission will not be lubricated and transmission will not be lubricated and
will therefore overheat. To prevent this, will therefore overheat. To prevent this,
the truck must only be towed for a the truck must only be towed for a
maximum distance of 5Km, and at a maximum distance of 5Km, and at a
maximum speed of 4Km per hour. maximum speed of 4Km per hour.
Truck Towing Point Truck Towing Point
A rigid towing bar should be used when A rigid towing bar should be used when
towing a truck, particularly if brake towing a truck, particularly if brake
system pressure is not available. system pressure is not available.
The towing point of the truck is indicated The towing point of the truck is indicated
73 73
by (73). by (73).
Using Towing Point Using Towing Point
S Press tow bolt (78) down and rotate S Press tow bolt (78) down and rotate
through 90_. through 90_.
S Pull tow bolt up and insert towing eye S Pull tow bolt up and insert towing eye
or trailer towing bar into the opening or trailer towing bar into the opening
(79). (79).
S Insert towing bolt, press down, rotate S Insert towing bolt, press down, rotate
through 90_ and lock. through 90_ and lock.
Fitting the trailer coupling Fitting the trailer coupling
Before coupling, the driver should 78

57 Before coupling, the driver should 78
57
ensure that the maximum towing force ensure that the maximum towing force
is not exceeded. is not exceeded.
5.11 Towing Trailers 5.11 Towing Trailers

79
58 79
58
The towing point may occasionally be The towing point may occasionally be
used to tow a trailer on a dry, even and used to tow a trailer on a dry, even and
well maintained surface. well maintained surface.
Refer to ”Using Towing Point” when you Refer to ”Using Towing Point” when you
hitch a trailer. hitch a trailer.
E 44 1203.GB E 44 1203.GB
5.12 Trailer loads 5.12 Trailer loads
The driver must make sure not to exceed the maximum permissible trailer load prior The driver must make sure not to exceed the maximum permissible trailer load prior
to coupling the trailer. to coupling the trailer.
Maximum trailer load Maximum trailer load
Truck Dead weight Pulling force Trailer loads Truck Dead weight Pulling force Trailer loads
(kg) (N) (kg) (kg) (N) (kg)
DFG 16 AK 3020 9000 780 DFG 16 AK 3020 9000 780
DFG 20 AK 3270 8200 710 DFG 20 AK 3270 8200 710
TFG 16 AK 3000 8600 745 TFG 16 AK 3000 8600 745
TFG 20 AK 3250 7800 675 TFG 20 AK 3250 7800 675
DFG 20 BK 3760 13900 1200 DFG 20 BK 3760 13900 1200
DFG 25 BK 4190 13900 1200 DFG 25 BK 4190 13900 1200
DFG 30 BK 4540 13900 1200 DFG 30 BK 4540 13900 1200
TFG 20 BK 3730 11700 1015 TFG 20 BK 3730 11700 1015
TFG 25 BK 4160 10800 935 TFG 25 BK 4160 10800 935
TFG 30 BK 4510 12100 1050 TFG 30 BK 4510 12100 1050
DFG 40 CK 6279 23500 2035 DFG 40 CK 6279 23500 2035
DFG 45 CK 6669 24470 2120 DFG 45 CK 6669 24470 2120
DFG 50 CK 7434 21100 1830 DFG 50 CK 7434 21100 1830
TFG 40 CK 6279 19400 1680 TFG 40 CK 6279 19400 1680
TFG 45 CK 6669 20400 1770 TFG 45 CK 6669 20400 1770
TFG 50 CK 7434 16500 1430 TFG 50 CK 7434 16500 1430
1203.GB E 45 1203.GB E 45
6 Fault Locating Operations 6 Fault Locating Operations
This chapter enables the user to locate and to remedy simple faults, or the This chapter enables the user to locate and to remedy simple faults, or the
consequences of operating errors. Fault locating operations should be performed in consequences of operating errors. Fault locating operations should be performed in
the order as set out in the table below. the order as set out in the table below.
A If it was not possible to eliminate the fault by performing the remedial actions indicated
below, please inform the JUNGHEINRICH Service, as more intricate faults can only A If it was not possible to eliminate the fault by performing the remedial actions indicated
below, please inform the JUNGHEINRICH Service, as more intricate faults can only
be rectified by specially trained and qualified service staff. be rectified by specially trained and qualified service staff.
Fault Possible cause Remedial action Fault Possible cause Remedial action
Starter does not S Travelling direction lever not S Set the travelling direction lever to its neutral position. Starter does not S Travelling direction lever not S Set the travelling direction lever to its neutral position.
turn in neutral position turn in neutral position
S Battery excessively de- S Check battery charging condition and recharge, if re- S Battery excessively de- S Check battery charging condition and recharge, if re-
pleted quired. pleted quired.
S Battery connecting cable S Clean and grease the pole terminals. Tighten the bat- S Battery connecting cable S Clean and grease the pole terminals. Tighten the bat-
loose, or pole terminals oxi- tery connecting cable. loose, or pole terminals oxi- tery connecting cable.
dised dised
S Starter cable loose or S Check the starter cable. Tighten or replace, as re- S Starter cable loose or S Check the starter cable. Tighten or replace, as re-
broken quired broken quired
S Starter solenoid switch bind- S Check, whether the solenoid switch functions audibly. S Starter solenoid switch bind- S Check, whether the solenoid switch functions audibly.
ing ing
Engine does not S Air filter contaminated S Clean or replace the air filter. Engine does not S Air filter contaminated S Clean or replace the air filter.
start start
S Bowden cable defective or S Check the Bowden cable (Hydrokinetic trucks only). S Bowden cable defective or S Check the Bowden cable (Hydrokinetic trucks only).
disengaging disengaging
Further causes in the case Further causes in the case

of L.P.G. trucks of L.P.G. trucks
S Stop valve of fuel gas cylin- S Open the stop valve. S Stop valve of fuel gas cylin- S Open the stop valve.
der closed der closed
S Fuel gas cylinder empty S Replace the fuel gas cylinder. S Fuel gas cylinder empty S Replace the fuel gas cylinder.
S Ignition distributor cap damp S Dry the ignition distributor cap or spray with contact S Ignition distributor cap damp S Dry the ignition distributor cap or spray with contact
spray. spray.
S Spark plugs damp, oily or S Dry, clean or tighten the spark plugs. S Spark plugs damp, oily or S Dry, clean or tighten the spark plugs.
loose loose
S Spark plugs defective S Replace the spark plugs. S Spark plugs defective S Replace the spark plugs.
Further causes in the case Further causes in the case

of Diesel trucks of Diesel trucks
S Fuel tank empty, injection S Refuel the truck and bleed the injection system S Fuel tank empty, injection S Refuel the truck and bleed the injection system
system has aspirated air system has aspirated air
S Water in the fuel system S Empty the fuel system. S Water in the fuel system S Empty the fuel system.
Refuel the truck. Refuel the truck.
Bleed the fuel system. Bleed the fuel system.
E 46 1203.GB E 46 1203.GB
Fault Possible cause Remedial action Fault Possible cause Remedial action
Engine does not S Fuel filter clogged up S Check the fuel flow and check the fuel filter, if re- Engine does not S Fuel filter clogged up S Check the fuel flow and check the fuel filter, if re-
start (cont’d) quired. start (cont’d) quired.
S Flocculation of diesel fuel S Park the truck in a warm location and wait until the S Flocculation of diesel fuel S Park the truck in a warm location and wait until the
flocculation has disappeared. flocculation has disappeared.
Replace the fuel filter, if necessary. Replace the fuel filter, if necessary.
Fill up with winter fuel. Fill up with winter fuel.
Engine oil pres- S Engine oil level low S Check engine oil level and top up, if required. Engine oil pres- S Engine oil level low S Check engine oil level and top up, if required.
sure warning sure warning
lamp alight dur- lamp alight dur-
ing truck oper- ing truck oper-
ation ation
Engine tempera- S Engine oil level low S Check engine oil level and top up, if required. Engine tempera- S Engine oil level low S Check engine oil level and top up, if required.
ture indicator ture indicator
moves into red S Radiator contaminated S Clean the radiator. moves into red S Radiator contaminated S Clean the radiator.
sector sector
S Coolant level low S Check the engine cooling system for leaks, or top up S Coolant level low S Check the engine cooling system for leaks, or top up
with coolant, if required. with coolant, if required.
S Slipping ventilator V-belt S Check the V-belt tension and retighten or replace, as S Slipping ventilator V-belt S Check the V-belt tension and retighten or replace, as
required. required.
Transmission oil S Transmission oil level low S Check the transmission oil level and top up, if re- Transmission oil S Transmission oil level low S Check the transmission oil level and top up, if re-
temperature quired. temperature quired.
warning lamp warning lamp
alight during S Oil cooler contaminated S Clean the oil cooler. alight during S Oil cooler contaminated S Clean the oil cooler.
truck operation truck operation
Engine running, S Travelling direction lever in S Set the travelling direction lever to the required posi- Engine running, S Travelling direction lever in S Set the travelling direction lever to the required posi-
but truck does neutral position tion. but truck does neutral position tion.
not move not move
S Parking brake applied S Release the parking brake. S Parking brake applied S Release the parking brake.
Truck does not S Transmission oil level low S Check the transmission oil level and top up, if re- Truck does not S Transmission oil level low S Check the transmission oil level and top up, if re-
reach its max. quired. reach its max. quired.
speed speed
Lifting speed too S Oil level in hydraulic reser- S Check the hydraulic oil level and top up, if required. Lifting speed too S Oil level in hydraulic reser- S Check the hydraulic oil level and top up, if required.
slow voir low slow voir low
S Hydr. aeration cap contami- S Replace or clean the hydr. aeration cap. S Hydr. aeration cap contami- S Replace or clean the hydr. aeration cap.
nated or clogged up nated or clogged up
Load cannot be S Oil level in hydraulic reser- S Check the hydraulic oil level and top up, if required. Load cannot be S Oil level in hydraulic reser- S Check the hydraulic oil level and top up, if required.
raised to max. voir low raised to max. voir low
height height
Steering binding S Tyre inflation pressure of S Check the tyre inflation pressure and correct, as re- Steering binding S Tyre inflation pressure of S Check the tyre inflation pressure and correct, as re-
steered axle tyres too low quired. steered axle tyres too low quired.
Steering play ex- S Air in steering system S Check the hydraulic oil level and top up, if required. Steering play ex- S Air in steering system S Check the hydraulic oil level and top up, if required.
cessive Following this, turn the steering wheel several times cessive Following this, turn the steering wheel several times
from end stop to end stop. from end stop to end stop.
1203.GB E 47 1203.GB E 47
F Truck Maintenance F Truck Maintenance
1 Operational Safety and Environmental Protection 1 Operational Safety and Environmental Protection
The checks and servicing operations contained in this chapter must be performed in The checks and servicing operations contained in this chapter must be performed in
accordance with the intervals as indicated in the servicing checklists. accordance with the intervals as indicated in the servicing checklists.
f Modifications of forklift truck assemblies, especially of the safety installations, are not
permitted. On no account must the operational speeds of the truck be changed. f Modifications of forklift truck assemblies, especially of the safety installations, are not
permitted. On no account must the operational speeds of the truck be changed.
Only original spare parts have been passed by our quality assurance service. To Only original spare parts have been passed by our quality assurance service. To
ensure safe and reliable operation of the forklift truck, only spare parts of the ensure safe and reliable operation of the forklift truck, only spare parts of the
manufacturer must be used. Old parts, oils and fuels must be disposed of in manufacturer must be used. Old parts, oils and fuels must be disposed of in
accordance with the applicable environmental protection regulations. For oil changes, accordance with the applicable environmental protection regulations. For oil changes,
the oil service of the manufacturer is available to you. the oil service of the manufacturer is available to you.
Upon completion of any checking, cleaning or servicing activities, the operations Upon completion of any checking, cleaning or servicing activities, the operations
contained in section 14 “First inspection and inspection after major repairs or changes” contained in section 14 “First inspection and inspection after major repairs or changes”
must be performed. must be performed.
2 Safety Regulations Applicable to Truck Maintenance 2 Safety Regulations Applicable to Truck Maintenance
Servicing and maintenance personnel: The fork--lift truck must only be serviced and Servicing and maintenance personnel: The fork--lift truck must only be serviced and
maintained by trained personnel of the manufacturer. The service organization of the maintained by trained personnel of the manufacturer. The service organization of the
manufacturer has external technicians trained especially for these assignments. We manufacturer has external technicians trained especially for these assignments. We
thus recommend signing a maintenance contract with the relevant service location of thus recommend signing a maintenance contract with the relevant service location of
the manufacturer. the manufacturer.
Lifting and jacking up: When a fork--lift truck is to be lifted, the lifting gear must only Lifting and jacking up: When a fork--lift truck is to be lifted, the lifting gear must only
be secured to the points specially provided for this purpose. When the truck is to be be secured to the points specially provided for this purpose. When the truck is to be
jacked up, suitable measures must be taken to prevent the truck from slipping or tipping jacked up, suitable measures must be taken to prevent the truck from slipping or tipping
over (use of wedges, wooden blocks). Work underneath the raised load lifting device over (use of wedges, wooden blocks). Work underneath the raised load lifting device
must only be carried out when the fork is immobilised and supported by a chain of must only be carried out when the fork is immobilised and supported by a chain of
adequate strength. adequate strength.
Cleaning operations: No inflammable liquids must be used when cleaning the Cleaning operations: No inflammable liquids must be used when cleaning the
fork--lift truck. Prior to the commencement of cleaning operations, all safety measures fork--lift truck. Prior to the commencement of cleaning operations, all safety measures
have to be taken as are required to prevent sparking (e.g. by short--circuits). For have to be taken as are required to prevent sparking (e.g. by short--circuits). For
battery--operated fork--lift trucks, the battery plug must be removed. Only weak indraft, battery--operated fork--lift trucks, the battery plug must be removed. Only weak indraft,
weak compressed air and non--conducting, antistatic brushes must be used for the weak compressed air and non--conducting, antistatic brushes must be used for the
cleaning of electric or electronic assemblies. cleaning of electric or electronic assemblies.
If the fork--lift truck is to be cleaned using a water jet or a high--pressure cleaner, all If the fork--lift truck is to be cleaned using a water jet or a high--pressure cleaner, all
electric and electronic components must be carefully covered beforehand because electric and electronic components must be carefully covered beforehand because
moisture can lead to incorrect functioning. moisture can lead to incorrect functioning.
Cleaning by means of a steam jet is not admissible. Cleaning by means of a steam jet is not admissible.
f Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, before opening any doors or hoods,
or before removing any covers. Servicing and repair operations must only be
performed after the engine has cooled down.
f Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, before opening any doors or hoods,
or before removing any covers. Servicing and repair operations must only be
performed after the engine has cooled down.
Work on the electric system: Work on the electric system of the truck must only be Work on the electric system: Work on the electric system of the truck must only be
performed by staff specially trained for such operations. Before commencing any work performed by staff specially trained for such operations. Before commencing any work
on the electric system, all measures required to prevent electric shocks have to be on the electric system, all measures required to prevent electric shocks have to be
taken. taken.
1003.GB F1 1003.GB F1
Welding operations: To prevent any damage to electric or electronic components, Welding operations: To prevent any damage to electric or electronic components,
disconnect the battery(ies) and alternator before any welding operations are disconnect the battery(ies) and alternator before any welding operations are
undertaken. For hydrostatic trucks, disconnect the computer control system. Welding undertaken. For hydrostatic trucks, disconnect the computer control system. Welding
on the truck must only be performed by staff specially trained for such operations. on the truck must only be performed by staff specially trained for such operations.
Settings: When repairing or replacing hydraulic, electric or electronic components or Settings: When repairing or replacing hydraulic, electric or electronic components or
assemblies, all truck--specific settings have to be retained. assemblies, all truck--specific settings have to be retained.
Tyres: The quality of the tyres greatly affects the stability and the driving behaviour of Tyres: The quality of the tyres greatly affects the stability and the driving behaviour of
the fork--lift truck. Changes must only be made following consultations with the maker. the fork--lift truck. Changes must only be made following consultations with the maker.
When replacing wheels or tyres, it must be ensured that the fork--lift truck remains level When replacing wheels or tyres, it must be ensured that the fork--lift truck remains level
(tyres and wheels must always be replaced in pairs, i.e. left and right together). (tyres and wheels must always be replaced in pairs, i.e. left and right together).
Lift chains: The lift chains wear rapidly if not lubricated. The intervals in the service Lift chains: The lift chains wear rapidly if not lubricated. The intervals in the service
checklist apply to normal duty. If requirements are higher (dust, temperature), checklist apply to normal duty. If requirements are higher (dust, temperature),
lubrication is required more often. The specified chain spray must be used as specified. lubrication is required more often. The specified chain spray must be used as specified.
The external application of grease does not provide sufficient lubrication. The external application of grease does not provide sufficient lubrication.
Hydraulic hoses: The hoses must be renewed every six years. When replacing Hydraulic hoses: The hoses must be renewed every six years. When replacing
hydraulic components, also renew the hoses in this hydraulic system. hydraulic components, also renew the hoses in this hydraulic system.
3 Servicing and Inspection 3 Servicing and Inspection

Thorough and expert servicing is one of the most important preconditions for safe Thorough and expert servicing is one of the most important preconditions for safe
operation of the forklift truck. The neglect of regular servicing intervals can lead to operation of the forklift truck. The neglect of regular servicing intervals can lead to
forklift truck failure and constitutes a potential hazard to personnel and equipment. forklift truck failure and constitutes a potential hazard to personnel and equipment.
The indicated servicing intervals are based on single--shift operation under normal The indicated servicing intervals are based on single--shift operation under normal
operating conditions. For applications in dusty environments, or involving large operating conditions. For applications in dusty environments, or involving large
temperature fluctuations or multiple--shift operation, the servicing intervals must be temperature fluctuations or multiple--shift operation, the servicing intervals must be
shortened accordingly. shortened accordingly.
f The operator should check the restraint belt, if fitted, on a daily basis to ensure the good
condition and correct working order before using the truck. f The operator should check the restraint belt, if fitted, on a daily basis to ensure the good
condition and correct working order before using the truck.
The following servicing checklist indicates the operations to be performed and the The following servicing checklist indicates the operations to be performed and the
respective intervals to be observed. The servicing intervals are defined as follows: respective intervals to be observed. The servicing intervals are defined as follows:
W1 = every 50 operating hours, but at least once per week W1 = every 50 operating hours, but at least once per week
M3 = every 500 operating hours, but at least every 3 months M3 = every 500 operating hours, but at least every 3 months
In the running--in phase of the truck, the following additional operations have to be In the running--in phase of the truck, the following additional operations have to be
carried out: carried out:
After the first 50 operating hours - DFG/TFG 16/20 AK only: After the first 50 operating hours - DFG/TFG 16/20 AK only:
S Remove and discard the transmission running-in filter S Remove and discard the transmission running-in filter
S Change transmission oil S Change transmission oil
After the first 100 operating hours: After the first 100 operating hours:
S Check the wheel nuts for security and retighten, if required. S Check the wheel nuts for security and retighten, if required.
S Check the hydraulic connections. If during use movement occurs which causes a S Check the hydraulic connections. If during use movement occurs which causes a
weep/leak, then a further ½ turn tightening only should be done. DO NOT tighten weep/leak, then a further ½ turn tightening only should be done. DO NOT tighten
to normal torque fitting requirements. to normal torque fitting requirements.
After the first 500 operating hours: After the first 500 operating hours:
S Replace the hydraulic oil and the filter cartridge. S Replace the hydraulic oil and the filter cartridge.
F2 1003.GB F2 1003.GB
4 Maintenance Check-list DFG/TFG 4 Maintenance Check-list DFG/TFG
Maintenance intervals Maintenance intervals
standard =F W M M M standard =F W M M M
cold store =: 1 3 6 12 cold store =: 1 3 6 12
Chassis and 1.1Check all load bearing elements for damage F Chassis and 1.1Check all load bearing elements for damage F
superstruct.: 1.2Check all bolted connections F superstruct.: 1.2Check all bolted connections F
1.3Check driver’s protective roof and load guard for secure fastening F 1.3Check driver’s protective roof and load guard for secure fastening F
1.4Check the trailer coupling F 1.4Check the trailer coupling F
Drive unit: 2.1Internal combustion engine -- Refer to separate checklist Drive unit: 2.1Internal combustion engine -- Refer to separate checklist
2.2Check the transmission for noises and leakage F 2.2Check the transmission for noises and leakage F
2.3Check the mechanical pedal linkage, adjust and grease, if necessary F 2.3Check the mechanical pedal linkage, adjust and grease, if necessary F
2.4Check the transmission oil level F 2.4Check the transmission oil level F
2.5Change the transmission oil F 2.5Change the transmission oil F
2.6Clean the transmission oil suction screen and ventilation system F 2.6Clean the transmission oil suction screen and ventilation system F
2.7Replace the transmission oil filter F 2.7Replace the transmission oil filter F
2.8Check driving axle for noise and leakage F 2.8Check driving axle for noise and leakage F
2.9Drive axle -- Check the oil level (hydrokinetic only) F 2.9Drive axle -- Check the oil level (hydrokinetic only) F
2.10
Drive axle -- Change the oil (hydrokinetic only) F 2.10
Drive axle -- Change the oil (hydrokinetic only) F
Check the switching mechanism on the switch lever for wear and Check the switching mechanism on the switch lever for wear and
2.11 F 2.11 F
grease the sliding areas (hydrokinetic only) grease the sliding areas (hydrokinetic only)
2.12 Grease drive axle / mast mounting pivots (hydrokinetic only). F 2.12 Grease drive axle / mast mounting pivots (hydrokinetic only). F
Brake system: 3.1 Performance and adjustment check F Brake system: 3.1 Performance and adjustment check F
3.2 Check the brake linings for wear (hydrokinetic only) F 3.2 Check the brake linings for wear (hydrokinetic only) F
Check the brake linkage, adjust and grease, if necessary (hydrokinetic Check the brake linkage, adjust and grease, if necessary (hydrokinetic
3.3 F 3.3 F
only) only)
Check the brake lines, connections and brake fluid level (hydrokinetic Check the brake lines, connections and brake fluid level (hydrokinetic
3.4 F 3.4 F
only) only)
3.5 Change the brake fluid (hydrokinetic only) F 3.5 Change the brake fluid (hydrokinetic only) F
Wheels: 4.1 Check for wear and damage F Wheels: 4.1 Check for wear and damage F
4.2 Check the wheel bearings and ensure secure fastening of wheels F 4.2 Check the wheel bearings and ensure secure fastening of wheels F
4.3 Check the tyre pressure F 4.3 Check the tyre pressure F
Steering: 5.1 Check the steering wheel play F Steering: 5.1 Check the steering wheel play F
5.2 Check mechanical parts of steering column and grease, if required F 5.2 Check mechanical parts of steering column and grease, if required F
5.3 Check steering axle, king pins and limit stops for wear and deformation F 5.3 Check steering axle, king pins and limit stops for wear and deformation F
5.4 Check the hydraulic assemblies for correct functioning and leakage F 5.4 Check the hydraulic assemblies for correct functioning and leakage F
Hoist frame: 6.1 Check the mast anchorage F Hoist frame: 6.1 Check the mast anchorage F
6.2 Check and grease the hoist gear support F 6.2 Check and grease the hoist gear support F
6.3 Performance and adjustment check F 6.3 Performance and adjustment check F
6.4 Perform sight check of rollers, sliding elements, and stops F 6.4 Perform sight check of rollers, sliding elements, and stops F
6.5 Check lifting chains and chain guides for wear, adjust and grease F 6.5 Check lifting chains and chain guides for wear, adjust and grease F
6.6 Check the mast sections for lateral play and parallelism F 6.6 Check the mast sections for lateral play and parallelism F
6.7 Check fork tines and fork carrier for wear and damage F 6.7 Check fork tines and fork carrier for wear and damage F
6.8 Check the protective equipment for fastening and damage F 6.8 Check the protective equipment for fastening and damage F
6.9 Check support and attachment of tilt cylinder F 6.9 Check support and attachment of tilt cylinder F
6.10 Check the tilt angle of mast F 6.10 Check the tilt angle of mast F
A The maintenance intervals refer to normal service conditions. In case of aggravated

conditions, the intervals must be reduced as required. A The maintenance intervals refer to normal service conditions. In case of aggravated
conditions, the intervals must be reduced as required.
1003.GB F3 1003.GB F3
standard =F W M M M standard =F W M M M
cold store =: 1 3 6 12 cold store =: 1 3 6 12
Hydraulic Hydraulic
7.1 Performance check F 7.1 Performance check F
system: system:
7.2 Check all connections for leakage and damage F 7.2 Check all connections for leakage and damage F
7.3 Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage, damage and secure attachment F 7.3 Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage, damage and secure attachment F
7.4 Check the oil level F 7.4 Check the oil level F
7.5 Change the hydraulic oil F 7.5 Change the hydraulic oil F
7.6 Change the filter cartridge F 7.6 Change the filter cartridge F
7.7 Clean the hydraulic oil suction screen and the ventilation system F 7.7 Clean the hydraulic oil suction screen and the ventilation system F
7.8 Check the pressure relief valves for correct functioning F 7.8 Check the pressure relief valves for correct functioning F
7.9 Check the hose run for correct functioning and damage F 7.9 Check the hose run for correct functioning and damage F
Electrical Electrical
system: system:
8.2 Check all cables for secure connection and damage F 8.2 Check all cables for secure connection and damage F
8.3 Check the warning installation for correct functioning F 8.3 Check the warning installation for correct functioning F
8.4 Check the instruments and displays for correct function F 8.4 Check the instruments and displays for correct function F
Battery: 9.1 Check acid density, acid level and battery voltage F Battery: 9.1 Check acid density, acid level and battery voltage F
9.2 Check the terminals for secure attachment and apply grease F 9.2 Check the terminals for secure attachment and apply grease F
9.3 Check the battery cables for damage, renew, if necessary F 9.3 Check the battery cables for damage, renew, if necessary F
Mounted Mounted
implement: implement:
10.2 Check the attachment to the truck and all load bearing elements F 10.2 Check the attachment to the truck and all load bearing elements F
Check bearings, guide elements, and stops for wear and damage, Check bearings, guide elements, and stops for wear and damage,
10.3 F 10.3 F
grease grease
Lubrication: 11.1 Grease the truck in accordance with the lubrication schedule F Lubrication: 11.1 Grease the truck in accordance with the lubrication schedule F
General General
measure- 12.1 Check the driving speed and braking distance F measure- 12.1 Check the driving speed and braking distance F
ments: ments:
12.2 Check lifting speed and lowering speed F 12.2 Check lifting speed and lowering speed F
12.3 Check safety and shutdown devices F 12.3 Check safety and shutdown devices F
Demonstra- Demonstra-
13.1 Perform a trial run under nominal load F 13.1 Perform a trial run under nominal load F
tion: tion:
Upon completion of servicing operations demonstrate the truck to the Upon completion of servicing operations demonstrate the truck to the
13.2 F 13.2 F
person responsible person responsible
F4 1003.GB F4 1003.GB
5 Maintenance Check-list DFG 5 Maintenance Check-list DFG
W M M M W M M M
standard =F standard =F
1 3 6 12 1 3 6 12
Engine: 1.1 Check engine for noise and leaks F Engine: 1.1 Check engine for noise and leaks F
1.2 Check and, if necessary, adjust begin of delivery of the injection pump F 1.2 Check and, if necessary, adjust begin of delivery of the injection pump F
1.3 Check and , if necessary, adjust pressure of injection nozzles F 1.3 Check and , if necessary, adjust pressure of injection nozzles F
1.4 Retighten socket-head cap screws F 1.4 Retighten socket-head cap screws F
1.5 Check and, if necessary, adjust valve clearance F 1.5 Check and, if necessary, adjust valve clearance F
1.6 Check oil level of engine, top up, if necessary F 1.6 Check oil level of engine, top up, if necessary F
1.7 Change engine oil F 1.7 Change engine oil F
1.8 Change engine oil filter F 1.8 Change engine oil filter F
1.9 Check V-belt for correct tension and damage F 1.9 Check V-belt for correct tension and damage F
1.10 Check max. speed (without load), adjust, if necessary F 1.10 Check max. speed (without load), adjust, if necessary F
Cooling Cooling
2.1 Check cooling agent level, top up, if necessary d) F 2.1 Check cooling agent level, top up, if necessary d) F
agent: agent:
2.2 Check proportion of anti-freeze mixture, top up, if necessary F 2.2 Check proportion of anti-freeze mixture, top up, if necessary F
Exhaust: 3.1 Check exhaust system for leaks and damage F Exhaust: 3.1 Check exhaust system for leaks and damage F
3.2 Check and, if necessary, correct exhaust gas values F 3.2 Check and, if necessary, correct exhaust gas values F
Air filter: 4.1 Clean air filter cartridge F Air filter: 4.1 Clean air filter cartridge F
4.2 Change air filter cartridge F 4.2 Change air filter cartridge F
Hydraulics: 5.1 Check and lubricate drive of hydraulic pump F Hydraulics: 5.1 Check and lubricate drive of hydraulic pump F
Fuel system: 6.1 Change fuel filter F Fuel system: 6.1 Change fuel filter F
6.2 Check and, if necessary, discharge fuel/water separator F 6.2 Check and, if necessary, discharge fuel/water separator F
6.3 Check fuel reservoir and lines for leaks and damage F 6.3 Check fuel reservoir and lines for leaks and damage F
d) Replace cooling agent once a year. d) Replace cooling agent once a year.

1003.GB F5 1003.GB F5
6 Maintenance Check-list TFG 6 Maintenance Check-list TFG
W M M M W M M M
standard =F standard =F
1 3 6 12 1 3 6 12
Engine: 1.1 Check engine for noise and leaks F Engine: 1.1 Check engine for noise and leaks F
1.2 Check and, if necessary, replace spark plugs F 1.2 Check and, if necessary, replace spark plugs F
1.3 Check and , if necessary, adjust ignition point F 1.3 Check and , if necessary, adjust ignition point F
1.4 Check ignition distributor for proper adjustment, readjust, if necessary F 1.4 Check ignition distributor for proper adjustment, readjust, if necessary F
1.5 Check and, if necessary, adjust valve clearance F 1.5 Check and, if necessary, adjust valve clearance F
1.6 Check oil level of engine, top up, if necessary F 1.6 Check oil level of engine, top up, if necessary F
1.7 Change engine oil F 1.7 Change engine oil F
1.8 Change engine oil filter F 1.8 Change engine oil filter F
1.9 Check V-belt for correct tension and damage F 1.9 Check V-belt for correct tension and damage F
1.10 Check max. speed (without load), adjust, if necessary F 1.10 Check max. speed (without load), adjust, if necessary F
Cooling Cooling
2.1 Check cooling agent level, top up, if necessary d) F 2.1 Check cooling agent level, top up, if necessary d) F
agent: agent:
2.2 Check proportion of anti-freeze mixture, top up, if necessary F 2.2 Check proportion of anti-freeze mixture, top up, if necessary F
Exhaust: 3.1 Check exhaust system for leaks and damage F Exhaust: 3.1 Check exhaust system for leaks and damage F
3.2 Check and, if necessary, correct exhaust gas values F 3.2 Check and, if necessary, correct exhaust gas values F
Air filter: 4.1 Clean air filter cartridge F Air filter: 4.1 Clean air filter cartridge F
4.2 Change air filter cartridge F 4.2 Change air filter cartridge F
Hydraulics: 5.1 Check and lubricate drive of hydraulic pump F Hydraulics: 5.1 Check and lubricate drive of hydraulic pump F
L.P.G. sys- L.P.G. sys-
6.1 Check L.P.G. system for leaks and damage F 6.1 Check L.P.G. system for leaks and damage F
tem: tem:
6.2 Change L.P.G. filter by an expert F 6.2 Change L.P.G. filter by an expert F
6.3 Check L.P.G. system by an expert F 6.3 Check L.P.G. system by an expert F
The toxic substances in the emission are to be checked by a qualified The toxic substances in the emission are to be checked by a qualified
6.4 F 6.4 F
inspector and are to be reduced to the lowest possible level. inspector and are to be reduced to the lowest possible level.
6.5 Check and service Impco Units F 6.5 Check and service Impco Units F
d) Replace cooling agent once a year. d) Replace cooling agent once a year.

F6 1003.GB F6 1003.GB
7 Coolant Specification 7 Coolant Specification
The quality of the coolant used can have a large effect on the efficiency and life of the The quality of the coolant used can have a large effect on the efficiency and life of the
cooling system. The recommendations given below can be of assistance in the cooling system. The recommendations given below can be of assistance in the
maintenance of a good cooling system with frost and/or corrosion protection. maintenance of a good cooling system with frost and/or corrosion protection.
Where possible, use clean soft water. Where possible, use clean soft water.
When frost protection is not necessary, it is still an advantage to use an approved When frost protection is not necessary, it is still an advantage to use an approved
antifreeze mixture as this gives a protection against corrosion and also raises the antifreeze mixture as this gives a protection against corrosion and also raises the
boiling point of the coolant. A minimum concentration of 25% by volume of antifreeze is boiling point of the coolant. A minimum concentration of 25% by volume of antifreeze is
necessary, but it is our recommendation that 33% concentration by volume is used. necessary, but it is our recommendation that 33% concentration by volume is used.
If an antifreeze is not used, add a correct corrosion inhibitor mixture to the water. The If an antifreeze is not used, add a correct corrosion inhibitor mixture to the water. The
mixture of additives given below has been found to give good results. mixture of additives given below has been found to give good results.
Corrosion Inhibitor Mixture Corrosion Inhibitor Mixture

Sodium Benzoate 10--15 gramme/litre Sodium Benzoate 10--15 gramme/litre
Sodium Nitrite 1--2 gramme/litre Sodium Nitrite 1--2 gramme/litre
Benzotriazole
e ot a o e p pH (ac
(acid/alkaline)
d/a a e) Co Con- Benzotriazole
e ot a o e p pH (ac
(acid/alkaline)
d/a a e) Co Con-
0 5 gramme/litre
0.5 0 5 gramme/litre
0.5
trol Additive trol Additive
Change the water/corrosion inhibitor mixture every six months or check according to Change the water/corrosion inhibitor mixture every six months or check according to
the inhibitor manufacturer’s recommendations. the inhibitor manufacturer’s recommendations.
A Some corrosion inhibitor mixtures contain soluble oil which can have an adverse effect
on some types of water hose. A Some corrosion inhibitor mixtures contain soluble oil which can have an adverse effect
on some types of water hose.
S If an antifreeze mixture is used to prevent frost damage, it must have an ethylene S If an antifreeze mixture is used to prevent frost damage, it must have an ethylene
glycol (ethanediol) base. An antifreeze that is to one of the standards given below glycol (ethanediol) base. An antifreeze that is to one of the standards given below
or to an equal standard is acceptable if the pH value is kept within the range of or to an equal standard is acceptable if the pH value is kept within the range of
7.0--8.5 when diluted. 7.0--8.5 when diluted.
Co os o Inhibiting
Corrosion b t g Engine
g e Coolant
Coo a t Co os o Inhibiting
Corrosion b t g Engine
g e Coolant
Coo a t
U K BS 6580:1992
U.K.BS U K BS 6580:1992
U.K.BS
Concentrate (Antifreeze) Concentrate (Antifreeze)
U.S.A. ASTM D4985 or SAE J1941 ‘Ethylene Glycol Base Engine Coolant’. U.S.A. ASTM D4985 or SAE J1941 ‘Ethylene Glycol Base Engine Coolant’.
S When Antifreeze is used, the correct mixtures of antifreeze and water are as given S When Antifreeze is used, the correct mixtures of antifreeze and water are as given
below. Antifreeze must fully pass the standards given above. below. Antifreeze must fully pass the standards given above.
Lowest Temperature of Volume Ratio Antifreeze Lowest Temperature of Volume Ratio Antifreeze
% Volume of Antifreeze % Volume of Antifreeze
Protection Needed : Water Protection Needed : Water
--37_C (--34_F) 50 1:1 --37_C (--34_F) 50 1:1
The quality of the antifreeze coolant must be checked at least once a year, for example The quality of the antifreeze coolant must be checked at least once a year, for example
at the start of the cold period. at the start of the cold period.
If the correct procedures are not used, the manufacturers cannot be held responsible If the correct procedures are not used, the manufacturers cannot be held responsible
for any frost or corrosion damage. for any frost or corrosion damage.
f ANTI--FREEZE CONTAINS ETHYLENE GLYCOL AND OTHER CONSTITUENTS

WHICH ARE TOXIC IF TAKEN INTERNALLY AND CAN BE ABSORBED IN TOXIC
AMOUNTS THROUGH PROLONGED OR REPEATED SKIN CONTACT.
f ANTI--FREEZE CONTAINS ETHYLENE GLYCOL AND OTHER CONSTITUENTS
WHICH ARE TOXIC IF TAKEN INTERNALLY AND CAN BE ABSORBED IN TOXIC
AMOUNTS THROUGH PROLONGED OR REPEATED SKIN CONTACT.
1003.GB F7 1003.GB F7
Always take the following precautions when handling anti--freeze. Always take the following precautions when handling anti--freeze.
S Anti--freeze must NEVER be taken internally. If anti--freeze is swallowed S Anti--freeze must NEVER be taken internally. If anti--freeze is swallowed
accidentally, seek medical advice IMMEDIATELY. accidentally, seek medical advice IMMEDIATELY.
S Avoid prolonged skin contact with anti--freeze. S Avoid prolonged skin contact with anti--freeze.
S Wash--off any accidental splashes from the skin as soon as practicable. S Wash--off any accidental splashes from the skin as soon as practicable.
S If splashes of anti--freeze enter the eyes, irrigate immediately. S If splashes of anti--freeze enter the eyes, irrigate immediately.
S Clothing splashed with anti--freeze must be removed and washed before being worn S Clothing splashed with anti--freeze must be removed and washed before being worn
again. again.
S For regular and frequent handling of anti--freeze, protective clothing must be worn S For regular and frequent handling of anti--freeze, protective clothing must be worn
(plastic or rubber gloves, boots and impervious overalls or aprons). (plastic or rubber gloves, boots and impervious overalls or aprons).
f CORROSION INHIBITOR MIXTURES CONTAIN ADDITIVES WHICH ARE TOXIC IF

TAKEN INTERNALLY AND CAN BE ABSORBED IN TOXIC AMOUNTS THROUGH
PROLONGED OR REPEATED SKIN CONTACT AND THE SAME PRECAUTIONS
f CORROSION INHIBITOR MIXTURES CONTAIN ADDITIVES WHICH ARE TOXIC IF
TAKEN INTERNALLY AND CAN BE ABSORBED IN TOXIC AMOUNTS THROUGH
PROLONGED OR REPEATED SKIN CONTACT AND THE SAME PRECAUTIONS
SHOULD BE TAKEN AS WHEN HANDLING ANTI--FREEZE. SHOULD BE TAKEN AS WHEN HANDLING ANTI--FREEZE.
F8 1003.GB F8 1003.GB
8 Lubricant Specifications 8 Lubricant Specifications
- 20_c to - 5_c to +30_c to - 20_c to - 5_c to +30_c to
LUBRICATION POINT SPECIFICATION - 5_c +30_ +50_c LUBRICATION POINT SPECIFICATION - 5_c +30_ +50_c
(cold) (temperate) (tropical) (cold) (temperate) (tropical)
1. STEERING GEAR Full Hydrostatic - from hydraulic system. 1. STEERING GEAR Full Hydrostatic - from hydraulic system.
2. DRIVE AXLE EP Mineral Oil API--GL5 Class SAE 80 SAE 90 SAE 140 2. DRIVE AXLE EP Mineral Oil API--GL5 Class SAE 80 SAE 90 SAE 140
3. ENGINE 3. ENGINE
a. DFG 16/20 A API CH4 or a. DFG 16/20 A API CH4 or
SAE 5W/20 SAE 10W/30 SAE 15 W/40 SAE 5W/20 SAE 10W/30 SAE 15 W/40
404C.22 ACEA E5 404C.22 ACEA E5
b. TFG 16/20 A b. TFG 16/20 A

API CC SAE 10W SAE 10W/30 SAE 40W API CC SAE 10W SAE 10W/30 SAE 40W
2.0L FE5F 02 000 2.0L FE5F 02 000
c. DFG 20-- 30 B API CD/SE SAE 10W SAE 10W/30 SAE 40W c. DFG 20-- 30 B API CD/SE SAE 10W SAE 10W/30 SAE 40W
704.30
704 30 704.30
704 30
704.26 API CD/SE SAE 5W/20 SAE 10W/30 SAE 15 W/40 704.26 API CD/SE SAE 5W/20 SAE 10W/30 SAE 15 W/40
d. TFG 20-- 30 B d. TFG 20-- 30 B

API SG/SH SAE 15 W/40 SAE 10W/30 SAE 40W API SG/SH SAE 15 W/40 SAE 10W/30 SAE 40W
3.0L L4 3.0L L4
e. DFG 40-- 50 C API CD/SE SAE 10W SAE 20/20W SAE 30 e. DFG 40-- 50 C API CD/SE SAE 10W SAE 20/20W SAE 30
1004.4 2 API CG4/CH4 or ACEA E3/E5 SAE 5W/20 SAE 10W/30 SAE 15 W/40 1004.4 2 API CG4/CH4 or ACEA E3/E5 SAE 5W/20 SAE 10W/30 SAE 15 W/40
f. TFG 40-- 50 C f. TFG 40-- 50 C
API SG/SH SAE 15 W/40 SAE 10W/30 SAE 40W API SG/SH SAE 15 W/40 SAE 10W/30 SAE 40W
4.3L V6 4.3L V6
4. TORQUE CONVERTER TRANSMISSION 4. TORQUE CONVERTER TRANSMISSION
a. Transaxle MIL--L2104C and API CC or a. Transaxle MIL--L2104C and API CC or
SAE 10W/20 SAE 10W/20 SAE 10W20 SAE 10W/20 SAE 10W/20 SAE 10W20
TXL15, TXL30, PST2 MIL--L2104D and API CD TXL15, TXL30, PST2 MIL--L2104D and API CD
Anti-wear type hydraulic oil, Anti-wear type hydraulic oil,

with anti oxidant and anti foam with anti oxidant and anti foam
5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HV 46 HV 46 HV 68 5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HV 46 HV 46 HV 68
additives meeting ISO additives meeting ISO
viscosity classifications viscosity classifications
or Meeting API SC, SD or SE SAE10 SAE10 SAE20/20W or Meeting API SC, SD or SE SAE10 SAE10 SAE20/20W
6. GREASE 6. GREASE
Lithium Base Roller Bearing Lithium Base Roller Bearing
Hub bearing, Nipples and Hub bearing, Nipples and
Grease NLG -- No 2 Grease NLG -- No 2
Rollers Rollers
7. LIFT CHAINS Emulsification resistant oil. 7. LIFT CHAINS Emulsification resistant oil.
SAE 30 Engine Oil SAE 30 Engine Oil
8. MAST CHANNEL Oily Cloth to prevent rusting 8. MAST CHANNEL Oily Cloth to prevent rusting
9. LINKAGES, HINGES AND Oil can 9. LINKAGES, HINGES AND Oil can
CLEVIS PINS CLEVIS PINS
10. BRAKE SYSTEM - FLUID SAE Spec J1703A DOT3 or 10. BRAKE SYSTEM - FLUID SAE Spec J1703A DOT3 or
DOT4 DOT4
11. BRAKE ADJUSTERS AND Girling Brake Grease 11. BRAKE ADJUSTERS AND Girling Brake Grease
SHOE PIVOT SHOE PIVOT
12. BATTERY TERMINALS Petroleum Jelly 12. BATTERY TERMINALS Petroleum Jelly
1003.GB F9 1003.GB F9
Recommended lubricants - 20_c to - 5_c (Cold) Recommended lubricants - 20_c to - 5_c (Cold)
LUBRICATION POINT Castrol Shell B.P. Esso LUBRICATION POINT Castrol Shell B.P. Esso
Hypoy Light Spirax Energear Esso Gear Oil Hypoy Light Spirax Energear Esso Gear Oil
2. DRIVE AXLE 2. DRIVE AXLE
EP80W HD80w/90 Hypo 90 or 80w/90 GX80W EP80W HD80w/90 Hypo 90 or 80w/90 GX80W
3. ENGINE 3. ENGINE
a. DFG 16/20 A Deusol CRX 10/30
/ Rimula Vanellus 5W/30 C8 Essolube a. DFG 16/20 A Deusol CRX 10/30
/ Rimula Vanellus 5W/30 C8 Essolube
404C.22 or CRI 10W/30 X10W Ultima XD3+10W 404C.22 or CRI 10W/30 X10W Ultima XD3+10W
b. TFG 16/20 A CRX Rimula Vanellus Essolube b. TFG 16/20 A CRX Rimula Vanellus Essolube
2.0L FE5F LPG 10W/30 X10W C3 10W XD3+10W 2.0L FE5F LPG 10W/30 X10W C3 10W XD3+10W
c. DFG 20-- 30 B Vanellus C3 10--30 c. DFG 20-- 30 B Vanellus C3 10--30

Rimula or Vanellus C3 10W Essolube Rimula or Vanellus C3 10W Essolube
704 30
704.30 Deusol CRX 10/30 704 30
704.30 Deusol CRX 10/30
X10W Vanellus 5W/30 C8 XD3+10W X10W Vanellus 5W/30 C8 XD3+10W
704.26 or CRI 10W/30 Ultima 704.26 or CRI 10W/30 Ultima
d. TFG 20-- 30 B CRX Rimula Vanellus Essolube d. TFG 20-- 30 B CRX Rimula Vanellus Essolube
3.0L L4 10W/30 X10W C5 Global 15 W/40 XD3+10W 3.0L L4 10W/30 X10W C5 Global 15 W/40 XD3+10W
e. DFG 40-- 50 C Vanellus C3 10W e. DFG 40-- 50 C Vanellus C3 10W
CRX 10/30 CRX 10/30
1004.4--2 Rimula X10W Vanellus 5W/30 C8 Essolube XD3+10W 1004.4--2 Rimula X10W Vanellus 5W/30 C8 Essolube XD3+10W
or CRI 10W/30 or CRI 10W/30
1104C.44 Ultima 1104C.44 Ultima
f. TFG 40-- 50 C Vanellus C5 Global 15 f. TFG 40-- 50 C Vanellus C5 Global 15
CRX 10W/30 Rimula X10W Essolube XD3+10W CRX 10W/30 Rimula X10W Essolube XD3+10W
4.3L V6 W/40 4.3L V6 W/40

a. Transaxle Castrol TQD Essolube a. Transaxle Castrol TQD Essolube
Donax TM Vanellus C3 Mono 10 Donax TM Vanellus C3 Mono 10
TXL15, TXL30PST2 or CRH--10W XD3+10W TXL15, TXL30PST2 or CRH--10W XD3+10W
5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Hyspin AWS 22 or CRH Tellus Oil 22 Energol SHF--HV 46 Nuto H Plus 22 5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Hyspin AWS 22 or CRH Tellus Oil 22 Energol SHF--HV 46 Nuto H Plus 22
10W 10W
6. GREASE 6. GREASE
Spheerol Spheerol
Hub bearing, Nipples and Retinax LX2 Energrease L2 Beacon EP2 Hub bearing, Nipples and Retinax LX2 Energrease L2 Beacon EP2
Rollers L--EP2 Rollers L--EP2
Lubrication Point Specification Lubrication Point Specification

7. LIFT CHAINS Acheson HI LOAD Forklift Chain Lubricant or Rocol Lift Truck 7. LIFT CHAINS Acheson HI LOAD Forklift Chain Lubricant or Rocol Lift Truck
Chain Spray Chain Spray
9. LINKAGES, HINGES AND CLEVIS PINS Oil can 9. LINKAGES, HINGES AND CLEVIS PINS Oil can
10. BRAKE SYSTEM / INCHING CONTROL Castrol Girling Universal Brake and Clutch Fluid Crimson 10. BRAKE SYSTEM / INCHING CONTROL Castrol Girling Universal Brake and Clutch Fluid Crimson
11. BRAKE ADJUSTERS AND SHOE PIVOT Castrol Girling Brake Grease 11. BRAKE ADJUSTERS AND SHOE PIVOT Castrol Girling Brake Grease
F 10 1003.GB F 10 1003.GB
Recommended lubricants - 5_c to +30_c (Temperate) Recommended lubricants - 5_c to +30_c (Temperate)
Hypoy Spirax Energear Esso Gear Oil Hypoy Spirax Energear Esso Gear Oil
EP90 HD85W/90 Hypo 90 or 80w/90 GX85W--90 EP90 HD85W/90 Hypo 90 or 80w/90 GX85W--90
3. ENGINE 3. ENGINE
a. DFG 16/20 A Vanellus C3 20--50 or a. DFG 16/20 A Vanellus C3 20--50 or

Deusol CRX10W/30
/ Rimula 15W/40
/ Vanellus C3 20W Essolube Deusol CRX10W/30
/ Rimula 15W/40
/ Vanellus C3 20W Essolube
104 22
104.22 104 22
104.22
or CRI 20W/30 or Rimula X20/20W Vanellus C6 Global Plus XD3+20W or CRI 20W/30 or Rimula X20/20W Vanellus C6 Global Plus XD3+20W
404C.22 10W/40 404C.22 10W/40
b. TFG 16/20 A Deusol CRX 10W/30
/ Rimula Vanellus C6 Global Plus Essolube b. TFG 16/20 A Deusol CRX 10W/30
/ Rimula Vanellus C6 Global Plus Essolube
2.0L FE5F LPG or CRX 15W/40 X15W/40 10W/40 XD3+20W 2.0L FE5F LPG or CRX 15W/40 X15W/40 10W/40 XD3+20W
c. DFG 20-- 30 B Vanellus C3 20--50 or c. DFG 20-- 30 B Vanellus C3 20--50 or

Deusol CRX10W/30
/ Rimula 15W/40
/ Vanellus C3 20W Essolube Deusol CRX10W/30
/ Rimula 15W/40
/ Vanellus C3 20W Essolube
704 30
704.30 704 30
704.30
or CRI 20W/30 or Rimula X20/20W Vanellus C6 Global Plus XD3+20W or CRI 20W/30 or Rimula X20/20W Vanellus C6 Global Plus XD3+20W
704.26 10W/40 704.26 10W/40
d. TFG 20-- 30 B Deusol CRX 10W/30
/ Rimula Vanellus C6 Global Plus Essolube d. TFG 20-- 30 B Deusol CRX 10W/30
/ Rimula Vanellus C6 Global Plus Essolube
3.0L L4 or CRX 15W/40 X15W/40 10W/40 XD3+20W 3.0L L4 or CRX 15W/40 X15W/40 10W/40 XD3+20W
e. DFG 40-- 50 C Vanellus C3 20--50 e. DFG 40-- 50 C Vanellus C3 20--50
Deusol CRX 10W/30 Rimula 15W/40 Deusol CRX 10W/30 Rimula 15W/40
1004.4--2 Vanellus C6 Global Plus Essolube XD3+20W 1004.4--2 Vanellus C6 Global Plus Essolube XD3+20W
or CRI 20W/30 or Rimula X20/20W or CRI 20W/30 or Rimula X20/20W
1104C.44 10W/40 1104C.44 10W/40
f. TFG 40-- 50 C Deusol CRX 10W/30
/ Vanellus C6 Global Plus f. TFG 40-- 50 C Deusol CRX 10W/30
/ Vanellus C6 Global Plus
Rimula X15W/40 Essolube XD3+20W Rimula X15W/40 Essolube XD3+20W
4.3L V6 or CRX 15W/40 10W/40 4.3L V6 or CRX 15W/40 10W/40

5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Hyspin AWS 32 or Tellus Oil 37 Energol SHF--HV 46 Nuto H Plus 32 5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Hyspin AWS 32 or Tellus Oil 37 Energol SHF--HV 46 Nuto H Plus 32
CRH--10W CRH--10W
6. GREASE 6. GREASE
Hub bearing, Nipples and Spheerol L--EP2 Retinax LX2 Energrease L2 Beacon EP2 Hub bearing, Nipples and Spheerol L--EP2 Retinax LX2 Energrease L2 Beacon EP2
Rollers Rollers

Acheson HI LOAD Forklift Chain Lubricant or Rocol Lift Truck Acheson HI LOAD Forklift Chain Lubricant or Rocol Lift Truck
7. LIFT CHAINS 7. LIFT CHAINS
1003.GB F 11 1003.GB F 11
Recommended lubricants +30_c to +50_c (Tropical) Recommended lubricants +30_c to +50_c (Tropical)
Castrol Spirax Energear Esso Gear Oil Castrol Spirax Energear Esso Gear Oil
EPX 85W/140 HD85w/140 Hypo 90 or 80w/90 GX85W--140 EPX 85W/140 HD85w/140 Hypo 90 or 80w/90 GX85W--140
3. ENGINE 3. ENGINE
a. DFG 16/20 A Deusol CRX10W/30 Rimula X15W/40 Vanellus C3 15W--40 a. DFG 16/20 A Deusol CRX10W/30 Rimula X15W/40 Vanellus C3 15W--40
Vanellus C3 30 Essolube Vanellus C3 30 Essolube
104 22
104.22 104 22
104.22
Deusol CRI 20W/30 Rimula X30 Vanellus C5 Global XD3+30W Deusol CRI 20W/30 Rimula X30 Vanellus C5 Global XD3+30W
404C.22 15W/40 404C.22 15W/40
b. TFG 16/20A b. TFG 16/20A
CRX 15W/40 Rimula X10W/40 SAE 40W Essolube MHX 15W--40 CRX 15W/40 Rimula X10W/40 SAE 40W Essolube MHX 15W--40
2.0L FE5F LPG 2.0L FE5F LPG
c. DFG 20-- 30 B Deusol CRX10W/30 Rimula X15W/40 Vanellus C3 15W--40 c. DFG 20-- 30 B Deusol CRX10W/30 Rimula X15W/40 Vanellus C3 15W--40
Vanellus C3 30 Essolube Vanellus C3 30 Essolube
704 30
704.30 704 30
704.30
Deusol CRI 20W/30 Rimula X30 Vanellus C5 Global XD3+30W Deusol CRI 20W/30 Rimula X30 Vanellus C5 Global XD3+30W
704.26 15W/40 704.26 15W/40
d. TFG 20-- 30 B d. TFG 20-- 30 B
CRX 15W/40 Rimula X10W/40 Vanellus C3 Mono 40 Essolube MHX 15W--40 CRX 15W/40 Rimula X10W/40 Vanellus C3 Mono 40 Essolube MHX 15W--40
3.0L L4 3.0L L4
e. DFG 40-- 50 C Vanellus C3 15W--40 or Essolube XD3+30W e. DFG 40-- 50 C Vanellus C3 15W--40 or Essolube XD3+30W
Deusol CRX 10W/30
/ Rimula X15W/40
/ Vanellus C3 30 Deusol CRX 10W/30
/ Rimula X15W/40
/ Vanellus C3 30
1004 4 -2
1004.4- 2 1004 4 -2
1004.4- 2
or Deusol CRI 20W/30 or Rimula X30 Vanellus C5 Global Essolube XD3+30W or Deusol CRI 20W/30 or Rimula X30 Vanellus C5 Global Essolube XD3+30W
1104C.44 15W/40 1104C.44 15W/40
f. TFG 40-- 50 C f. TFG 40-- 50 C
CRX 15W/40 Rimula X10W/40 Vanellus C3 Mono 40 Essolube MHX 15W--40 CRX 15W/40 Rimula X10W/40 Vanellus C3 Mono 40 Essolube MHX 15W--40
4.3L V6 4.3L V6
5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Hyspin AWS 68 or CRH Tellus Oil 68 Bartran HV 68 Nuto H Plus 68 5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Hyspin AWS 68 or CRH Tellus Oil 68 Bartran HV 68 Nuto H Plus 68
20W/20 20W/20
6. GREASE 6. GREASE
Hub bearing, Nipples and Spheerol L--EP2 Retinax LX2 Energrease L2 Beacon EP2 Hub bearing, Nipples and Spheerol L--EP2 Retinax LX2 Energrease L2 Beacon EP2
Rollers Rollers

7. LIFT CHAINS Acheson HI LOAD Forklift Chain Lubricant or Rocol Lift Truck 7. LIFT CHAINS Acheson HI LOAD Forklift Chain Lubricant or Rocol Lift Truck
F 12 1003.GB F 12 1003.GB
Recommended lubricants Recommended lubricants
Unit of Unit of
Grade Part Nº Capacity Application Grade Part Nº Capacity Application
issue issue
Engine Oil 15W/40 50302947 25 l drum Litres* All diesel engines Engine Oil 15W/40 50302947 25 l drum Litres* All diesel engines
Engine Oil 15W/40 14088020 5 l container Litres* All diesel engines Engine Oil 15W/40 14088020 5 l container Litres* All diesel engines
LPG/Petrol LPG/Petrol
Engine Oil 10W/30 50302948 20 l drum Litres* Engine Oil 10W/30 50302948 20 l drum Litres*
engines engines
Grease 14038650 400 g Grams Grease 14038650 400 g Grams
Antifreeze and 14295090 5 l container Litres* Antifreeze and 14295090 5 l container Litres*
Summer Coolant Summer Coolant
Brake Fluid HD 29201570 5 l container Litres* Brake Fluid HD 29201570 5 l container Litres*
Transmission Oil 50302949 20 l drum Litres* All non automatic Transmission Oil 50302949 20 l drum Litres* All non automatic
10W transmissions 10W transmissions
Engine Oil 15W/40 50302950 205 l container Litres* All diesel engines Engine Oil 15W/40 50302950 205 l container Litres* All diesel engines
A When ordering items marked *, please order by the litre.

A When ordering items marked *, please order by the litre.
A The capacity designates the minimum quantity supplied. Please order in multiples of
capacity stated. A The capacity designates the minimum quantity supplied. Please order in multiples of
capacity stated.
e.g. Engine Oil 50302947 order 25 Litres = 25 on picking ticket = 1 drum supplied. e.g. Engine Oil 50302947 order 25 Litres = 25 on picking ticket = 1 drum supplied.
DO NOT MIX OILS OF DIFFERENT BRANDS WITHIN THE SAME LUBRICATION DO NOT MIX OILS OF DIFFERENT BRANDS WITHIN THE SAME LUBRICATION
POINT. POINT.
9 Fuel specification - DFG 9 Fuel specification - DFG

Only diesel fuel conforming to DIN 51601 may be used. Only diesel fuel conforming to DIN 51601 may be used.
1003.GB F 13 1003.GB F 13
10 Lubrication Chart 10 Lubrication Chart
Key to 10.1 Lubrication Diagram - DFG/TFG 16-- 30 AK/BK Key to 10.1 Lubrication Diagram - DFG/TFG 16-- 30 AK/BK

1. Chain Rollers 10. Swivel Pins 1. Chain Rollers 10. Swivel Pins
2. Lift Chains 11. Link Pins 2. Lift Chains 11. Link Pins
3. Mast Channels 12. Drivers Controls 3. Mast Channels 12. Drivers Controls
4. Tilt Cylinder Pivots 13. Parking Brake Cable 4. Tilt Cylinder Pivots 13. Parking Brake Cable
5. Drive Axle Hubs 14. Brake Reservoir (Brake Fluid) 5. Drive Axle Hubs 14. Brake Reservoir (Brake Fluid)
6. Differential 15. Transmission Oil and Filter 6. Differential 15. Transmission Oil and Filter
7. Hydraulic Oil and Filter 16. Mast Pivots 7. Hydraulic Oil and Filter 16. Mast Pivots
8. Engine Oil and Filter 17. Mast Rollers 8. Engine Oil and Filter 17. Mast Rollers
9. Steer Axle Hubs 18. Drive Axle / Mast Mounting Pivots 9. Steer Axle Hubs 18. Drive Axle / Mast Mounting Pivots
Key to 10.2 Lubrication Diagram - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Key to 10.2 Lubrication Diagram - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

1. Chain Rollers 10. Steer Axle Hubs 1. Chain Rollers 10. Steer Axle Hubs
2. Lift Chains 11. Swivel Pins 2. Lift Chains 11. Swivel Pins
3. Mast Channels 12. Link Pins 3. Mast Channels 12. Link Pins
4. Tilt Cylinder Pivots 13. Drivers Controls 4. Tilt Cylinder Pivots 13. Drivers Controls
5. Drive Axle Hubs 14. Parking Brake Cable 5. Drive Axle Hubs 14. Parking Brake Cable
6. Differential 15. Brake Reservoir (Brake Fluid) 6. Differential 15. Brake Reservoir (Brake Fluid)
7. Drive Shaft Couplings 16. Transmission Oil and Filter 7. Drive Shaft Couplings 16. Transmission Oil and Filter
8. Hydraulic Oil and Filter 17. Mast Rollers 8. Hydraulic Oil and Filter 17. Mast Rollers
9. Engine Oil and Filter 9. Engine Oil and Filter
F 14 1003.GB F 14 1003.GB
10.1 Lubrication Diagram - DFG/TFG 16-- 30 AK/BK 10.1 Lubrication Diagram - DFG/TFG 16-- 30 AK/BK
2 2 2 2
17 1 3 17 1 3
4 4
16 16
5 5
18 18
6 6
14 14
15 15
12 12
13 13
8 8
7 7
10 10
9 9
11 11
Oil Grease Oil Grease
1003.GB F 15 1003.GB F 15
10.2 Lubrication Diagram - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK 10.2 Lubrication Diagram - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK
17 2 3 17 17 2 3 17
4 4
5 5
1 1
13 13
6 6
15 7 15 7
16 4 16 4
8 8
9 8 9 8
11 11
10 10
11 11
12 12 12 12
Oil Grease Oil Grease
F 16 1003.GB F 16 1003.GB
11 Description of Maintenance and Repair Work 11 Description of Maintenance and Repair Work
11.1 Preparing the Truck for Maintenance and Repair Work 11.1 Preparing the Truck for Maintenance and Repair Work
To prevent accidents during maintenance and repair work, all necessary safety To prevent accidents during maintenance and repair work, all necessary safety
measures must be taken. The following conditions must be created: measures must be taken. The following conditions must be created:
S Park the truck securely (see Chapter S Park the truck securely (see Chapter
E, Section 5.8). E, Section 5.8).
S Remove key from ignition/starter 1 S Remove key from ignition/starter 1
switch (2) thus protecting the truck switch (2) thus protecting the truck
against undesirable use. against undesirable use.
S Push down battery isolation switch S Push down battery isolation switch
(1). (1).
S When working below the raised load S When working below the raised load
forks or raised truck, these must be 2 forks or raised truck, these must be 2
secured to prevent lowering, tilting or secured to prevent lowering, tilting or
slipping is excluded. slipping is excluded.
f When raising the truck, observe the

following: f When raising the truck, observe the
following:
Use only lifting gear with adequate load--bearing capacity (see truck rating plate for Use only lifting gear with adequate load--bearing capacity (see truck rating plate for
loading weight). loading weight).
S Park the truck securely (see Chapter E, section 5.7). S Park the truck securely (see Chapter E, section 5.7).
S Attach the crane chains to the lifting mast at the points marked. S Attach the crane chains to the lifting mast at the points marked.
S Attach the crane chains to the counterweight with the attachment coupling. S Attach the crane chains to the counterweight with the attachment coupling.
The crane chain stops must be fitted so that they do not touch any attachments or the The crane chain stops must be fitted so that they do not touch any attachments or the
cab roof during lifting. cab roof during lifting.
11.2 Engine Maintenance TFG 16/20 AK 11.2 Engine Maintenance TFG 16/20 AK
Change Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Only change the engine oil when the Only change the engine oil when the
engine is warm and the truck is parked engine is warm and the truck is parked
horizontal. The engine oil and filter must horizontal. The engine oil and filter must
always be changed together. always be changed together.
3 3
1003.GB F 17 1003.GB F 17
Drain Engine Oil Drain Engine Oil
S Unscrew cap (3). S Unscrew cap (3).
S Clean oil drain screw (4) and area S Clean oil drain screw (4) and area
surrounding the drain hole surrounding the drain hole
thoroughly. thoroughly.
S Unscrew oil drain screw and drain oil S Unscrew oil drain screw and drain oil
into suitable container. into suitable container.
f Risk of scalding from hot oil.

S Replace the oil drain screw with a
4 f Risk of scalding from hot oil.
4
new seal. new seal.
f Dispose of old oil properly.

Change Engine Oil Filter
S Release the oil filter (5) using a filter S Release the oil filter (5) using a filter
wrench and unscrew by hand. wrench and unscrew by hand.
5 5
f Catch any escaping oil, dispose of oil

filter and oil properly. f Catch any escaping oil, dispose of oil
filter and oil properly.
S Clean sealing surfaces on the oil filter S Clean sealing surfaces on the oil filter
flange thoroughly. flange thoroughly.
S Lightly grease the new oil filter seal S Lightly grease the new oil filter seal
with fresh engine oil. with fresh engine oil.
S Tighten the oil filter by hand. S Tighten the oil filter by hand.
Adding Engine Oil Adding Engine Oil

S Into the opening pour fresh engine oil S Into the opening pour fresh engine oil
according to the lubrication according to the lubrication
specification charts (see Section 8). specification charts (see Section 8).
Fill Quantity: 4.3 l 6 Fill Quantity: 4.3 l 6
S Test oil level with the dipstick (6), S Test oil level with the dipstick (6),
adjust if necessary (see Chapter E, adjust if necessary (see Chapter E,
section 3). section 3).
S Replace cover. S Replace cover.
S Replace oil dipstick. S Replace oil dipstick.
After changing the oil and filter, monitor 7 After changing the oil and filter, monitor 7
the engine oil pressure warning light (7) the engine oil pressure warning light (7)
during a test drive and check for leaks at during a test drive and check for leaks at
the oil drain screw and filter. the oil drain screw and filter.
F 18 1003.GB F 18 1003.GB
Change Spark Plugs Change Spark Plugs
S Remove spark plugs connection (8). S Remove spark plugs connection (8).
8 8
S Clean the area around the spark S Clean the area around the spark
plugs on the cylinder head plugs on the cylinder head
S Unscrew spark plugs. S Unscrew spark plugs.
S Test electrode gap on the new plugs S Test electrode gap on the new plugs
with feeler gauges, adjust if with feeler gauges, adjust if
necessary. necessary.
Nominal value: 0.8 mm. Nominal value: 0.8 mm.
Only use original spark plugs. Only use original spark plugs.
S Screw in spark plugs by hand then S Screw in spark plugs by hand then
tighten to a torque of 20 Nm. tighten to a torque of 20 Nm.
Test V-- Belt Tension Test V-- Belt Tension

S Press V--belt between fan belt pulley S Press V--belt between fan belt pulley
ca. 11 mm ca. 11 mm
(9) and alternator pulley (10) with a 45 N 9 (9) and alternator pulley (10) with a 45 N 9
force of 45 N. force of 45 N.
The belt should move approx. 11 mm. The belt should move approx. 11 mm.
10 10
Adjust V-- Belt Tension Adjust V-- Belt Tension

S Undo bolt (11) and pull alternator (12) S Undo bolt (11) and pull alternator (12)
in direction of arrow until specified 12 in direction of arrow until specified 12
tension has been achieved tension has been achieved
S Tighten bolt again. S Tighten bolt again.
S Test belt tension again, repeat 11 S Test belt tension again, repeat 11
adjustment process if necessary. adjustment process if necessary.
1003.GB F 19 1003.GB F 19
11.3 Engine Maintenance DFG 16/20 AK 11.3 Engine Maintenance DFG 16/20 AK
13 13

new seal. new seal.

Change Engine Oil Filter 15 Change Engine Oil Filter 15
wrench and unscrew by hand. 14 wrench and unscrew by hand. 14

F 20 1003.GB F 20 1003.GB
S Into the opening (16) pour fresh S Into the opening (16) pour fresh
engine oil according to the lubrication 16 engine oil according to the lubrication 16
Fill Quantity: 8.2 l Fill Quantity: 8.2 l
17 17
After changing the oil and filter, monitor After changing the oil and filter, monitor
the engine oil pressure warning light the engine oil pressure warning light
(18) during a test drive and check for (18) during a test drive and check for
leaks at the oil drain screw and filter. leaks at the oil drain screw and filter.
18 18

100 N ca. 5 mm 100 N ca. 5 mm
(19) and alternator pulley (20) with a 19 (19) and alternator pulley (20) with a 19
20 20
Adjust V--Belt Tension Adjust V--Belt Tension

in direction of arrow until specified in direction of arrow until specified
tension has been achieved. 21 22 tension has been achieved. 21 22
S Test belt tension again, repeat S Test belt tension again, repeat
1003.GB F 21 1003.GB F 21
Change Fuel Filter Change Fuel Filter
S Drain fuel from the filter into a suitable S Drain fuel from the filter into a suitable
container. container.
S Release fuel filter (23) with filter S Release fuel filter (23) with filter
f Dispose of fuel filter and fuel properly.

S Screw fuel filter with a new O--ring
into the new container. into the new container.
S Lubricate the O--ring slightly with 23 S Lubricate the O--ring slightly with 23
diesel fuel before fitting. diesel fuel before fitting.
S Thoroughly clean the contact S Thoroughly clean the contact
surfaces on the filter flange. surfaces on the filter flange.
S Lightly moisten the seal on the new S Lightly moisten the seal on the new
fuel filter with diesel fuel. fuel filter with diesel fuel.
S Screw in the fuel filter by hand until S Screw in the fuel filter by hand until
the seal lies on the filter flange. the seal lies on the filter flange.
S Tighten the fuel filter a further S Tighten the fuel filter a further
one--third of a turn. one--third of a turn.
S Bleed the fuel system. 24 S Bleed the fuel system. 24
Bleed Fuel System Bleed Fuel System
f Catch any escaping fuel and dispose of

properly. f Catch any escaping fuel and dispose of
properly.
S Open bleed screw (24). S Open bleed screw (24).
S Activate hand pump lever on fuel S Activate hand pump lever on fuel
pump (25) until fuel emerges from the pump (25) until fuel emerges from the
bleed screw without bubbles. bleed screw without bubbles.
S Tighten bleed screw. S Tighten bleed screw.
S Hold ignition/starter switch in position S Hold ignition/starter switch in position
I for around 10 seconds. I for around 10 seconds.
S Wait 10 seconds. S Wait 10 seconds.
S Repeat process until the engine S Repeat process until the engine
starts. starts.
During an engine test, check for leaks 25 During an engine test, check for leaks 25
on fuel filter, at the overflow valve and at on fuel filter, at the overflow valve and at
the nuts on the injector nozzles. the nuts on the injector nozzles.
A If the engine does not start or stops

again after a short time, repeat the A If the engine does not start or stops
again after a short time, repeat the
bleed process. bleed process.
F 22 1003.GB F 22 1003.GB
11.4 Engine Maintenance TFG 20-- 30 BK 11.4 Engine Maintenance TFG 20-- 30 BK
26
3 26
3

new seal. new seal.
27
4
27
4
Change Engine Oil Filter Change Engine Oil Filter


28 28
Fill Quantity: 4,73 l Fill Quantity: 4,73 l
S Replace cover. 29 S Replace cover. 29
1003.GB F 23 1003.GB F 23
30 30
the engine oil pressure warning light the engine oil pressure warning light

31 31
S Unscrew spark plugs. S Unscrew spark plugs.
Nominal value: 1,0 mm Nominal value: 1,0 mm
S Press V--belt between fan belt pulley ca. 11 mm S Press V--belt between fan belt pulley ca. 11 mm
45 N 32
9 45 N 32
9
(32) and alternator pulley (33) with a (32) and alternator pulley (33) with a
10
33 10
33

34 34
tension has been achieved tension has been achieved
S Tighten bolt again. 35 S Tighten bolt again. 35
F 24 1003.GB F 24 1003.GB
11.5 Engine Maintenance DFG 20-- 30 BK 11.5 Engine Maintenance DFG 20-- 30 BK
horizontal. The engine oil and filter must 36 horizontal. The engine oil and filter must 36

S Replace the oil drain screw with a 37
14
14
new seal. new seal.



38
38
1003.GB F 25 1003.GB F 25
engine oil according to the lubrication engine oil according to the lubrication
Fill Quantity: 8,0l Fill Quantity: 8,0l
S Replace cover. 39 S Replace cover. 39
the engine oil pressure warning light 40 the engine oil pressure warning light 40

ca. 10 mm ca. 10 mm
42 42

in direction of arrow until specified 44 in direction of arrow until specified 44
tension has been achieved. tension has been achieved.
43 43
F 26 1003.GB F 26 1003.GB
45 45

S Lubricate the O--ring slightly with S Lubricate the O--ring slightly with
S Bleed the fuel system. S Bleed the fuel system.

properly.
46 46
starts. starts.
During an engine test, check for leaks During an engine test, check for leaks
the nuts on the injector nozzles. 47 the nuts on the injector nozzles. 47

bleed process. bleed process.
1003.GB F 27 1003.GB F 27
11.6 Engine Maintenance TFG 40-- 50 CK 11.6 Engine Maintenance TFG 40-- 50 CK
48 48



new seal. new seal.



S Lightly grease the new oil filter seal 50 S Lightly grease the new oil filter seal 50
adjust if necessary (see Chapter E, 51 adjust if necessary (see Chapter E, 51
F 28 1003.GB F 28 1003.GB

S Unscrew spark plugs. 53 S Unscrew spark plugs. 53
Nominal value: 1,6 mm Nominal value: 1,6 mm
V--Belt tension is maintained by an V--Belt tension is maintained by an
automatic belt tensioner unit (54). No automatic belt tensioner unit (54). No
manual adjustment is necessary. manual adjustment is necessary.
If location of the fix pointer (55) is 55 If location of the fix pointer (55) is 55
outside the index mark, a new belt 9 outside the index mark, a new belt 9
should be fitted. should be fitted.
Proper V--belt routing is essential. Belts Proper V--belt routing is essential. Belts
should be replaced by trained and 10 should be replaced by trained and 10
authorised persons. 54 authorised persons. 54
1003.GB F 29 1003.GB F 29
11.7 Engine Maintenance DFG 40-- 50 CK 11.7 Engine Maintenance DFG 40-- 50 CK
Change Engine Oil and Oil Filter 56 Change Engine Oil and Oil Filter 56

new seal. new seal.

57 57


flange thoroughly. 58 flange thoroughly. 58
F 30 1003.GB F 30 1003.GB
engine oil according to the lubrication 59 engine oil according to the lubrication 59

ca. 10 mm ca. 10 mm
62 62
Adjust V--Belt Tension 65 Adjust V--Belt Tension 65

tension has been achieved. tension has been achieved.
S Test belt tension again, repeat 64 S Test belt tension again, repeat 64
63 63
1003.GB F 31 1003.GB F 31
f f
65 65
Dispose of fuel filter and fuel properly. Dispose of fuel filter and fuel properly.
S Screw fuel filter with a new O--ring S Screw fuel filter with a new O--ring
S Lubricate the O--ring slightly with S Lubricate the O--ring slightly with
S Bleed the fuel system. S Bleed the fuel system.

66 66

properly.
starts. starts.
During an engine test, check for leaks During an engine test, check for leaks
the nuts on the injector nozzles. the nuts on the injector nozzles.

bleed process. 67 bleed process. 67
F 32 1003.GB F 32 1003.GB
11.8 Check Coolant Concentration 11.8 Check Coolant Concentration
f Do not open the coolant cap while the engine is hot.

To avoid a build--up of lime, frost and corrosion damage, and to increase the boiling
f Do not open the coolant cap while the engine is hot.
To avoid a build--up of lime, frost and corrosion damage, and to increase the boiling
temperature, the cooling system must be filled with a mixture of water and anti--freeze temperature, the cooling system must be filled with a mixture of water and anti--freeze
with corrosion protective additives all year round. with corrosion protective additives all year round.
S If the frost protection is not adequate, S If the frost protection is not adequate,
drain the coolant and add sufficient drain the coolant and add sufficient
anti--freeze to the expansion tank anti--freeze to the expansion tank
(68) until the correct mixing ratio is (68) until the correct mixing ratio is
achieved. achieved.
68 68
Use anti--freeze and corrosion Use anti--freeze and corrosion
protection oil according to the operating protection oil according to the operating
media table (see Section 7). media table (see Section 7).
The water/anti--freeze ratio and the frost protection achieved are given in the The water/anti--freeze ratio and the frost protection achieved are given in the
anti--freeze data. anti--freeze data.
Fill Quantities for Coolant System: Fill Quantities for Coolant System:
DFG16/20 A: 10,0 l DFG16/20 A: 10,0 l
TFG 16/20 A: 8,5 l TFG 16/20 A: 8,5 l
DFG 20--30 B: 10,7 l DFG 20--30 B: 10,7 l
TFG 20--30 B: 10,7 l TFG 20--30 B: 10,7 l
DFG 40--50 C: 16,0 l DFG 40--50 C: 16,0 l
TFG 40--50 C: 16,0 l TFG 40--50 C: 16,0 l
To Fill Cooling System To Fill Cooling System
f If coolant is to be added to the system during service, allow the engine to cool before
the coolant is added. Remove the filler cap slowly; dangerous hot coolant could be
discharged if the cooling system is still under pressure. Do not put too much coolant
f If coolant is to be added to the system during service, allow the engine to cool before
the coolant is added. Remove the filler cap slowly; dangerous hot coolant could be
discharged if the cooling system is still under pressure. Do not put too much coolant
in the cooling system. There is a relief valve in the filler cap which will open and release in the cooling system. There is a relief valve in the filler cap which will open and release
hot coolant if too much coolant is added. hot coolant if too much coolant is added.
If coolant is added to the system during service, it must be of the same specification If coolant is added to the system during service, it must be of the same specification
as the original that was used to fill the system (see Section 7). Air will remain in the as the original that was used to fill the system (see Section 7). Air will remain in the
system if coolant is added too quickly, or if the coolant is added when the machine is system if coolant is added too quickly, or if the coolant is added when the machine is
not on a horizontal surface. If the engine is operated with air in the system, the not on a horizontal surface. If the engine is operated with air in the system, the
temperature of operation will be too high and the engine will be damaged. temperature of operation will be too high and the engine will be damaged.
1003.GB F 33 1003.GB F 33
Ensure that the machine is on a horizontal surface. Slowly remove the filler cap of the Ensure that the machine is on a horizontal surface. Slowly remove the filler cap of the
header tank. With the aid of a funnel, slowly fill the cooling system to the correct level header tank. With the aid of a funnel, slowly fill the cooling system to the correct level
as shown in the manufacturers handbook for the application. The funnel will provide as shown in the manufacturers handbook for the application. The funnel will provide
the required amount of pressure to encourage any air to be displaced from the cooling the required amount of pressure to encourage any air to be displaced from the cooling
system. Allow time for air bubbles to be released from the system and fit the cap. Start system. Allow time for air bubbles to be released from the system and fit the cap. Start
the engine. When it has reached its normal temperature of operation, stop the engine the engine. When it has reached its normal temperature of operation, stop the engine
and allow it to cool. and allow it to cool.
Slowly remove the filler cap of the header tank and if necessary add coolant to the Slowly remove the filler cap of the header tank and if necessary add coolant to the
correct level as shown in the manufacturers handbook for the application. Fit the filler correct level as shown in the manufacturers handbook for the application. Fit the filler
cap. cap.
11.9 Clean/Change Air Filter Cartridge 11.9 Clean/Change Air Filter Cartridge
Carry out all maintenance work only with the engine stopped. Do not start the engine Carry out all maintenance work only with the engine stopped. Do not start the engine
without the air filter cartridge fitted. without the air filter cartridge fitted.
S Release the 2 fixing clamps (70) and S Release the 2 fixing clamps (70) and
remove the dust collection pot (71). remove the dust collection pot (71).
S Carefully withdraw the inner (72) and 69 70 S Carefully withdraw the inner (72) and 69 70
outer (73) air filter cartridges from the outer (73) air filter cartridges from the
filter housing (69). filter housing (69).
S Blow out the outer cartridge (73) from S Blow out the outer cartridge (73) from
the inside to the outside with dry the inside to the outside with dry
compressed air until no more dust compressed air until no more dust
emerges. emerges.
S Carefully wipe the inner cartridge (72) 71 S Carefully wipe the inner cartridge (72) 71
with a lint--free cloth. with a lint--free cloth.
Do not blow the filter housing out with Do not blow the filter housing out with
compressed air but wipe with a clean compressed air but wipe with a clean
cloth. cloth.
72 73 72 73
S Replace damaged or heavily soiled S Replace damaged or heavily soiled
filter cartridges. filter cartridges.
S Thoroughly clean the dust collection S Thoroughly clean the dust collection
pot after removing the rubber pot after removing the rubber
element. element.
S Replace the air filter cartridge in the S Replace the air filter cartridge in the
filter housing and tighten. filter housing and tighten.
Do not damage the air filter cartridge Do not damage the air filter cartridge
when fitting. when fitting.
S Fit the dust collection pot and attach S Fit the dust collection pot and attach
with the 2 fixing clamps. with the 2 fixing clamps.
A On some models, only the outer air filter cartridge (73) is fitted.
A On some models, only the outer air filter cartridge (73) is fitted.
F 34 1003.GB F 34 1003.GB
11.10 Transmission unit - DFG/TFG 16/20 AK 11.10 Transmission unit - DFG/TFG 16/20 AK
A It is important to check the oil level correctly. The oil is a lubricant which also acts as
a cooling medium and operates the clutches. Low oil level results in loss of A It is important to check the oil level correctly. The oil is a lubricant which also acts as
a cooling medium and operates the clutches. Low oil level results in loss of
transmission and loss of pressure. It also causes overheating and consequent transmission and loss of pressure. It also causes overheating and consequent
transmission failure. transmission failure.
(74) shows the running--in filter, that on 74 (74) shows the running--in filter, that on 74
a new transmission must be removed a new transmission must be removed
and not replaced after about 60 to 80 and not replaced after about 60 to 80
hours operation. The filter is designed to hours operation. The filter is designed to
trap particles rubbed off during the trap particles rubbed off during the
running--in period. If it is not removed, running--in period. If it is not removed,
and the filter clogs, the clutch plates and the filter clogs, the clutch plates
may malfunction and even be may malfunction and even be
damaged. damaged.
To remove filter, first raise the mast and To remove filter, first raise the mast and
remove the floor plate. Loosen and remove the floor plate. Loosen and
remove the plug, and take out the filter remove the plug, and take out the filter
and spring from the front. Re-fit the plug and spring from the front. Re-fit the plug
to the distributor cover. to the distributor cover.
Checking the transmission oil level Checking the transmission oil level
A For topping up or filling the transmission, use only clean, fresh oil, handled in clean
containers. If dirt or water is allowed to enter the transmission damage may ensue. A For topping up or filling the transmission, use only clean, fresh oil, handled in clean
containers. If dirt or water is allowed to enter the transmission damage may ensue.
S Start the engine and, with parking brake applied, select forward and then reverse S Start the engine and, with parking brake applied, select forward and then reverse
gear and allow the transmission to reach operating temperature. gear and allow the transmission to reach operating temperature.
S With the engine idling and neutral selected, remove dipstick, wipe with lint free cloth S With the engine idling and neutral selected, remove dipstick, wipe with lint free cloth
and check dipstick reading. Add oil as necessary, through filler hole until the oil level and check dipstick reading. Add oil as necessary, through filler hole until the oil level
is indicated at the ‘max’ mark on the dipstick. is indicated at the ‘max’ mark on the dipstick.
Access to the dipstick is gained by opening the engine housing: refer to page E 42. Access to the dipstick is gained by opening the engine housing: refer to page E 42.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO FILL OR TOP--UP THE TRANSMISSION THROUGH THE DO NOT ATTEMPT TO FILL OR TOP--UP THE TRANSMISSION THROUGH THE
DIPSTICK TUBE. DIPSTICK TUBE.
78 78
77 79 77 79
75 75
76 76

75 Filler Plug 78 Dipstick 75 Filler Plug 78 Dipstick
76 Drain Plug 79 Running--in Filter 76 Drain Plug 79 Running--in Filter
77 Filter -- Screen 77 Filter -- Screen
1003.GB F 35 1003.GB F 35
11.11 Transmission unit - DFG/TFG 20-- 30 BK 11.11 Transmission unit - DFG/TFG 20-- 30 BK
85 85
82 82
80 81 84 80 81 84
83 83
A0--161 A0--161
S Access to the transmission dipstick is between the mast and loadguard/cab. S Access to the transmission dipstick is between the mast and loadguard/cab.
Remove the four nuts (80) and washers (81) retaining the rubber apron (82) in Remove the four nuts (80) and washers (81) retaining the rubber apron (82) in
position. position.
S Remove the cover assembly by removing the bolt (83) and washer (84) located S Remove the cover assembly by removing the bolt (83) and washer (84) located
under each wheel arch. Lift cover assembly clear from the truck. Clean the under each wheel arch. Lift cover assembly clear from the truck. Clean the
surrounding area. surrounding area.
A The rubber apron and cover assembly are not fitted on trucks operating in high ambient
climates. A The rubber apron and cover assembly are not fitted on trucks operating in high ambient
climates.
S Start the engine and, with parking brake applied, select forward and then reverse S Start the engine and, with parking brake applied, select forward and then reverse
gear and allow the transmission to reach operating temperature. gear and allow the transmission to reach operating temperature.
S With the engine idling and neutral selected, remove dipstick (85). S With the engine idling and neutral selected, remove dipstick (85).
S Wipe the dipstick with a lint free cloth and reinsert into the hole to its fullest extent. S Wipe the dipstick with a lint free cloth and reinsert into the hole to its fullest extent.
S Again withdraw the dipstick and check for depth of oil between MIN and MAX marks. S Again withdraw the dipstick and check for depth of oil between MIN and MAX marks.
S If below mid point, add the correct type of transmission oil to the transmission unit, S If below mid point, add the correct type of transmission oil to the transmission unit,
through filler hole (86) until the oil level is indicated at the MAX mark on the dipstick. through filler hole (86) until the oil level is indicated at the MAX mark on the dipstick.
S Replace the dipstick, cover and rubber apron. S Replace the dipstick, cover and rubber apron.
F 36 1003.GB F 36 1003.GB
86 86
88 88
90 90
89 89
87 87
91 91

86 Filler Plug 89 Drain Plug (P.T.O.) 86 Filler Plug 89 Drain Plug (P.T.O.)
87 Drain Plug 90 Dipstick 87 Drain Plug 90 Dipstick
88 Filter 91 Filter Screen 88 Filter 91 Filter Screen
11.12 Transmission unit - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK 11.12 Transmission unit - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK
A The upper marks on the transmission dipstick indicate the oil level when engine is static
and are only a guide for initial filling. The lower marks indicate the correct operating A The upper marks on the transmission dipstick indicate the oil level when engine is static
and are only a guide for initial filling. The lower marks indicate the correct operating
oil level with the engine running and transmission hot. oil level with the engine running and transmission hot.
S Clean the area and remove the filler S Clean the area and remove the filler
plug (92). Pour in a sufficient quantity 93 plug (92). Pour in a sufficient quantity 93
of clean, fresh oil, through the filler 92 of clean, fresh oil, through the filler 92
orifice, to bring the level to between orifice, to bring the level to between
the upper ‘min’ and ‘max’ marks on the upper ‘min’ and ‘max’ marks on
the dipstick (93); ensure no dust or the dipstick (93); ensure no dust or
other matter enters the transmission. other matter enters the transmission.
S Refit filler plug (92) and dipstick (93) S Refit filler plug (92) and dipstick (93)
then start engine and, with parking then start engine and, with parking
brake applied, pass the gear selector brake applied, pass the gear selector
through all positions and allow through all positions and allow
transmission to reach operating transmission to reach operating
temperature. temperature.
S With engine idling and neutral S With engine idling and neutral
selected, remove dipstick (93), wipe selected, remove dipstick (93), wipe
with lint free cloth and check dipstick with lint free cloth and check dipstick
reading. Add oil, as required, through reading. Add oil, as required, through
the filler orifice until the required oil the filler orifice until the required oil
level is indicated at the lower ‘max’ level is indicated at the lower ‘max’
mark on the dipstick. mark on the dipstick.
1003.GB F 37 1003.GB F 37
11.13 Brakes 11.13 Brakes
Test Parking Brake Test Parking Brake
The parking brake (94) must hold the The parking brake (94) must hold the
truck with the permitted maximum load truck with the permitted maximum load
on a slope of 15%. If this is not the case, on a slope of 15%. If this is not the case,
the parking brake must be adjusted. the parking brake must be adjusted.
94 94
F 38 1003.GB F 38 1003.GB
Checking the brake fluid level Checking the brake fluid level
96 96
S Remove panel retaining screws (96). S Remove panel retaining screws (96).
S Remove panel (95). S Remove panel (95).
S Check the fluid level in the reservoir S Check the fluid level in the reservoir
(97). (97).
The reservoir must be ¾ full. The reservoir must be ¾ full.

95 95
S Add brake fluid if necessary. S Add brake fluid if necessary.
Fluid capacity Fluid capacity

DFG/TFG 16/20 AK: 0,45 l DFG/TFG 16/20 AK: 0,45 l
DFG/TFG 20-- 30 BK: 0,50 l DFG/TFG 20-- 30 BK: 0,50 l
97 97
DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK: 1,20 l DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK: 1,20 l
1003.GB F 39 1003.GB F 39
11.14 Change Wheels 11.14 Change Wheels
f On split rims with pneumatic tyres, never release the fixing bolts of the rim sections
between the wheel nuts when the tyres are under pressure. f On split rims with pneumatic tyres, never release the fixing bolts of the rim sections
between the wheel nuts when the tyres are under pressure.
S Jack up the truck at the jacking points marked until the wheels are clear of the S Jack up the truck at the jacking points marked until the wheels are clear of the
ground. ground.
S Secure the truck by applying wooden blocks. S Secure the truck by applying wooden blocks.
S Due to the high ground clearance of the 40--50 range of trucks, it may not be possible S Due to the high ground clearance of the 40--50 range of trucks, it may not be possible
to raise the truck using a standard scissor jack, hence the following jacking to raise the truck using a standard scissor jack, hence the following jacking
procedure may be used: procedure may be used:
S Method one S Method one
The front of the truck can be raised by The front of the truck can be raised by
placing blocks under the mast sections placing blocks under the mast sections
and then tilting the mast forward. and then tilting the mast forward.
f This method is not recommended when

the truck hydraulic system is being
worked on, unless the chassis is more
f This method is not recommended when
the truck hydraulic system is being
worked on, unless the chassis is more
securely supported. securely supported.
S Method two S Method two

This method is recommended when the This method is recommended when the
truck is fitted with under tray’s. The truck is fitted with under tray’s. The
jacking points are as follows: jacking points are as follows:
S Jacking Point (1) is under the mud S Jacking Point (1) is under the mud
wing as close to the chassis side plate wing as close to the chassis side plate
as possible. as possible.
S Jacking Point (2) is under the steer S Jacking Point (2) is under the steer
axle at the centre line of truck. axle at the centre line of truck.
1 2 1 2
F 40 1003.GB F 40 1003.GB
f See Chapter C, Section 1.
S Unscrew wheel nuts.
f See Chapter C, Section 1.
S Unscrew wheel nuts.
A A
S Remove wheels. S Remove wheels.
S Attach new wheels. C S Attach new wheels. C
F F
S Tighten wheel nuts by hand. S Tighten wheel nuts by hand.
S Tighten wheel nuts in the sequence S Tighten wheel nuts in the sequence
shown in the figure, starting at A, at shown in the figure, starting at A, at
reduced torque. reduced torque.
S Tighten wheel nuts in the same S Tighten wheel nuts in the same
sequence to the prescribed torque. sequence to the prescribed torque.
E E
D D
Wheel nut torque Wheel nut torque
Drive wheels (AK/BK) 235 Nm Drive wheels (AK/BK) 235 Nm
Drive wheels (CK) 520-- 620 Nm B Drive wheels (CK) 520-- 620 Nm B
Rear wheels (AK/BK) 176 Nm Rear wheels (AK/BK) 176 Nm
Rear wheels (CK) 500-- 520 Nm Rear wheels (CK) 500-- 520 Nm
11.15 Hydraulic System 11.15 Hydraulic System

Change Hydraulic Oil Filter Change Hydraulic Oil Filter
S Open cover on hydraulic oil filter (98). S Open cover on hydraulic oil filter (98).
S Remove hydraulic oil filter and 98 S Remove hydraulic oil filter and 98
change. change.
S Insert hydraulic oil filter and re--attach S Insert hydraulic oil filter and re--attach
cover. cover.
f Catch any escaping hydraulic oil.

Dispose of hydraulic oil and filter
correctly.
f Catch any escaping hydraulic oil.
Dispose of hydraulic oil and filter
correctly.
1003.GB F 41 1003.GB F 41
Clean/Change Hydraulic Tank Vent Clean/Change Hydraulic Tank Vent
S Unscrew the hydraulic tank vent (99) S Unscrew the hydraulic tank vent (99)
from the hydraulic oil filler nozzle. from the hydraulic oil filler nozzle.
S Clean the hydraulic tank vent. 99 S Clean the hydraulic tank vent. 99
If the dirt cannot be removed by If the dirt cannot be removed by

cleaning, change the hydraulic tank cleaning, change the hydraulic tank
vent. vent.
11.16 Electrical System 11.16 Electrical System

Check Battery Condition, Acid Level and Density Check Battery Condition, Acid Level and Density
f Battery acid is highly corrosive, so all contact with battery acid should be avoided. If
battery acid comes into contact with clothing, skin or eyes, rinse affected parts
immediately with water. If contact is made with the eyes, consult a doctor immediately.
f Battery acid is highly corrosive, so all contact with battery acid should be avoided. If
battery acid comes into contact with clothing, skin or eyes, rinse affected parts
immediately with water. If contact is made with the eyes, consult a doctor immediately.
Neutralize the spilled battery acid immediately. Neutralize the spilled battery acid immediately.
S Check battery housing (102) for S Check battery housing (102) for
cracks and leaking acid. 100 cracks and leaking acid. 100
S Eliminate oxidation residue on the S Eliminate oxidation residue on the
battery terminals (100). battery terminals (100).
S Grease battery terminals with S Grease battery terminals with
acid--free grease. acid--free grease.
S Test acid level. S Test acid level.
The acid should be between the upper 101 The acid should be between the upper 101
and lower marks. and lower marks.
102 102
S Unscrew plug caps (101). S Unscrew plug caps (101).
S If necessary add distilled water to the S If necessary add distilled water to the
upper mark. upper mark.
S Test acid density with a hydrometer. S Test acid density with a hydrometer.
The acid density for an adequately charged battery is 1.24 to 1.28 kg/l. The acid density for an adequately charged battery is 1.24 to 1.28 kg/l.
S Charge battery if necessary. S Charge battery if necessary.
S Replace plug caps. S Replace plug caps.
A There is no need to test the acid level and density in low--maintenance batteries.
A There is no need to test the acid level and density in low--maintenance batteries.
F 42 1003.GB F 42 1003.GB
Checking the electric fuses Checking the electric fuses
In the event of faults in the electric In the event of faults in the electric
system check the fuses located under 107 106 105 104 system check the fuses located under 107 106 105 104
108 108
the engine housing. 109 the engine housing. 109
S Open the engine housing and S Open the engine housing and
remove the fuse box cover (103). remove the fuse box cover (103).
S Check the fuses for damage and 103 S Check the fuses for damage and 103
correct rating and replace, if correct rating and replace, if
S Fit the cover. S Fit the cover.
110 110
111 111
112 112
113 113
115 114 115 114
F Standard fuse box (black) F Standard fuse box (black)
Pos. Protection of: Rating Pos. Protection of: Rating

104 (A) Working lights 20 A 104 (A) Working lights 20 A
105 (B) Gear shift, Beacon 10 A 105 (B) Gear shift, Beacon 10 A
106 (C) Head lamps, brake lights, rear lights 20 A 106 (C) Head lamps, brake lights, rear lights 20 A
107 (D) Hour counter, computer instrument panel 20 A 107 (D) Hour counter, computer instrument panel 20 A
108 (E) Horn, ignition, rear working light 15 A 108 (E) Horn, ignition, rear working light 15 A
109 (F) Hour counter and clock 15 A 109 (F) Hour counter and clock 15 A
f Options Fuse Box (red) - German Road Regulations f Options Fuse Box (red) - German Road Regulations

110 (A) Flashers 15 A 110 (A) Flashers 15 A
111 (B) Main Fuse. Fuse D&E, Rear Optional Spot & Hazard 15 A 111 (B) Main Fuse. Fuse D&E, Rear Optional Spot & Hazard 15 A
Lights Lights
112 (C) Head lights 15 A 112 (C) Head lights 15 A
113 (D) Front Side & Rear Right Lights 5A 113 (D) Front Side & Rear Right Lights 5A
114 (E) Front Side & Rear Left Lights 5A 114 (E) Front Side & Rear Left Lights 5A
115 (F) Brake lights 5A 115 (F) Brake lights 5A
1003.GB F 43 1003.GB F 43
f Options Fuse Box 3 (green) f Options Fuse Box 3 (green)
- Cab Only - Cab Only
121 120 119 118 117 116 121 120 119 118 117 116

116 (A) Cab heater 15 A 116 (A) Cab heater 15 A
117 (B) Front wiper motor 15 A 117 (B) Front wiper motor 15 A
118 (C) Rear wiper 15 A 118 (C) Rear wiper 15 A
119 (D) Rear washer motor 5A 119 (D) Rear washer motor 5A
120 (E) Roof wiper and washer 5A 120 (E) Roof wiper and washer 5A
121 (F) Screen heater 5A 121 (F) Screen heater 5A
A The electrical wiring diagram for the truck may be found in the relevant Spare Parts
Catalogue or Repair Manual. A The electrical wiring diagram for the truck may be found in the relevant Spare Parts
Catalogue or Repair Manual.
F 44 1003.GB F 44 1003.GB
12 Exhaust System 12 Exhaust System
The exhaust system should be inspected at periodic intervals for emissions. Black or The exhaust system should be inspected at periodic intervals for emissions. Black or
blue exhaust smoke is an indication of emission deterioration and expert advice should blue exhaust smoke is an indication of emission deterioration and expert advice should
be sought. be sought.
13 Decommissioning 13 Decommissioning
Decommissioning of the truck may only be carried out by the manufacturer or trained Decommissioning of the truck may only be carried out by the manufacturer or trained
General General
Decommissioning -- work carried out by the competent engineer to prepare the truck for Decommissioning -- work carried out by the competent engineer to prepare the truck for
transportation. transportation.
Lifting equipment required Lifting equipment required
Chains and shackles capable of handling the weight of the truck -- refer to specification Chains and shackles capable of handling the weight of the truck -- refer to specification
sheet for weight of truck. sheet for weight of truck.
Crane or hoist capable of handling the weight of the truck -- refer to specification sheet Crane or hoist capable of handling the weight of the truck -- refer to specification sheet
for weight of truck. for weight of truck.
Dismantling of truck Dismantling of truck
Dismantling/decommissioning of the truck must only be carried out by competent Dismantling/decommissioning of the truck must only be carried out by competent
engineer, however, for information purposes the dismantling procedures is as follows:-- engineer, however, for information purposes the dismantling procedures is as follows:--
S Drain truck of diesel fuel, if applicable. S Drain truck of diesel fuel, if applicable.
S Drain truck of hydraulic oil into a suitable container. S Drain truck of hydraulic oil into a suitable container.
S Remove L.P. Gas bottles, if applicable. S Remove L.P. Gas bottles, if applicable.
S Remove accessories e.g. fixed lights etc. S Remove accessories e.g. fixed lights etc.
S Remove mast from truck. S Remove mast from truck.
S Remove tilt cylinders from truck. S Remove tilt cylinders from truck.
S Crate truck subassemblies. S Crate truck subassemblies.
During decommissioning, care must be observed to ensure components removed from During decommissioning, care must be observed to ensure components removed from
the frontlift truck are protected against contamination for example: the frontlift truck are protected against contamination for example:
S Clean all components, connections and surrounding area before removal. S Clean all components, connections and surrounding area before removal.
S Upon component removal, blank all open connections. S Upon component removal, blank all open connections.
1003.GB F 45 1003.GB F 45
14 Inspection 14 Inspection
General General
In order to ensure safe operation of the truck, its safe working and operational condition In order to ensure safe operation of the truck, its safe working and operational condition
shall be maintained. It is therefore necessary to monitor the truck by means of shall be maintained. It is therefore necessary to monitor the truck by means of
inspections and tests. The inspections and tests shall be arranged by the user and inspections and tests. The inspections and tests shall be arranged by the user and
performed by persons as specified in “Definitions of inspectors”. performed by persons as specified in “Definitions of inspectors”.
Evidence of testing is to be recorded in a truck log book. Evidence of testing is to be recorded in a truck log book.
It is required of the Inspector that the tests be conducted objectively and the issue or It is required of the Inspector that the tests be conducted objectively and the issue or
non--issue of a test certificate is not influenced by operational or administrative non--issue of a test certificate is not influenced by operational or administrative
considerations. considerations.
Adjustments or repairs as may be required, must be carried out immediately. Adjustments or repairs as may be required, must be carried out immediately.
Accident Prevention Regulations are Statutory Regulations which are legally binding Accident Prevention Regulations are Statutory Regulations which are legally binding
on the contractor (i.e. truck operator). Non--compliance may be in breach of civil and on the contractor (i.e. truck operator). Non--compliance may be in breach of civil and
criminal law. criminal law.
Definitions of inspectors Definitions of inspectors
Routine inspector: A person with a working knowledge of the specific truck sufficient Routine inspector: A person with a working knowledge of the specific truck sufficient
to identify obvious defects. to identify obvious defects.
Experienced technician: Person who, due to his vocational background and Experienced technician: Person who, due to his vocational background and
experience, has sufficient knowledge in the specific truck type and is sufficiently experience, has sufficient knowledge in the specific truck type and is sufficiently
familiar with the relevant regulations to determine deviations from the proper condition familiar with the relevant regulations to determine deviations from the proper condition
(specially trained Persons). (specially trained Persons).
Expert engineer: Engineer with adequate knowledge in the design, construction and Expert engineer: Engineer with adequate knowledge in the design, construction and
maintenance of the specific truck type as well as relevant regulations and standards maintenance of the specific truck type as well as relevant regulations and standards
and is in a position to judge the safe order to ensure further safe operation. and is in a position to judge the safe order to ensure further safe operation.
First inspection and inspection after major repairs or changes First inspection and inspection after major repairs or changes
Before a new or extensively repaired or changed truck is put into operation it has to be Before a new or extensively repaired or changed truck is put into operation it has to be
inspected and tested. This inspection which includes a check of the documentation, inspected and tested. This inspection which includes a check of the documentation,
consists of a visual examination and a verification of the functions and effectiveness. consists of a visual examination and a verification of the functions and effectiveness.
The inspection and testing includes: The inspection and testing includes:
S check of the identification of the truck, including labelling; S check of the identification of the truck, including labelling;
S check of the components and equipment with reference to damage, corrosions or S check of the components and equipment with reference to damage, corrosions or
any other defects; any other defects;
S functional test of mechanisms; S functional test of mechanisms;
S check of safety equipment, clearances, absence of jamming risks etc.; S check of safety equipment, clearances, absence of jamming risks etc.;
S test loading, either with rated capacity or actual capacity in accordance with relevant S test loading, either with rated capacity or actual capacity in accordance with relevant
national legal requirements; national legal requirements;
S attachments. S attachments.
Inspection prior to operation Inspection prior to operation
Prior to operation, the truck shall be checked by a routine inspector. In general, this Prior to operation, the truck shall be checked by a routine inspector. In general, this
inspection is a functional test of the truck, a visual inspection for obvious defects and inspection is a functional test of the truck, a visual inspection for obvious defects and
the inspection of all attachments. the inspection of all attachments.
F 46 1003.GB F 46 1003.GB
14.1 Safety checks to be performed at regular intervals and following any untoward 14.1 Safety checks to be performed at regular intervals and following any untoward
incidents (D: Accident prevention check according to BGV D27) incidents (D: Accident prevention check according to BGV D27)
At least once yearly, or after any untoward incident, the forklift truck has to be checked At least once yearly, or after any untoward incident, the forklift truck has to be checked
by a qualified inspector. The inspector must assess the condition of the truck from a by a qualified inspector. The inspector must assess the condition of the truck from a
standpoint purely concerned with safety aspects, uninfluenced by any company or standpoint purely concerned with safety aspects, uninfluenced by any company or
economic circumstances. The inspector must be adequately informed and economic circumstances. The inspector must be adequately informed and
experienced to be able to assess the condition of the forklift truck and the effectiveness experienced to be able to assess the condition of the forklift truck and the effectiveness
of the safety installations based on the technical rules and principles governing the of the safety installations based on the technical rules and principles governing the
inspection of forklift trucks. inspection of forklift trucks.
The inspection must comprise a comprehensive check of the technical condition of the The inspection must comprise a comprehensive check of the technical condition of the
forklift truck with regard to accident prevention aspects. Apart from this, the forklift truck forklift truck with regard to accident prevention aspects. Apart from this, the forklift truck
must be thoroughly inspected for damage possibly caused by incorrect use of the must be thoroughly inspected for damage possibly caused by incorrect use of the
forklift truck. The inspection results must be recorded in an inspection report which has forklift truck. The inspection results must be recorded in an inspection report which has
to be kept available for a period spanning at least the next two inspection intervals. to be kept available for a period spanning at least the next two inspection intervals.
The user has to ensure that all defects are eliminated without delay. The user has to ensure that all defects are eliminated without delay.
A The manufacturer has set up a special

safety service with specially qualified A The manufacturer has set up a special
safety service with specially qualified
staff. As visual proof that the forklift staff. As visual proof that the forklift
truck has passed the safety inspection, truck has passed the safety inspection,
a plaque will be affixed to it. This plaque a plaque will be affixed to it. This plaque
indicates in which month of which year indicates in which month of which year
the next test will be due. the next test will be due.
Example for D: Example for D:
Results of inspections Results of inspections

The results of the regular inspections shall be recorded by the personnel carrying out The results of the regular inspections shall be recorded by the personnel carrying out
the inspection. the inspection.
Reports by experienced technicians shall detail what was observed. Reports by expert Reports by experienced technicians shall detail what was observed. Reports by expert
engineers shall contain the conclusions drawn from his observations. engineers shall contain the conclusions drawn from his observations.
If during an inspection, any fault, wear or damage is observed that can cause a safety If during an inspection, any fault, wear or damage is observed that can cause a safety
hazard, effective measures for correction shall be taken before the truck is placed into hazard, effective measures for correction shall be taken before the truck is placed into
operation again. operation again.
A scheduled preventative maintenance, lubrication and inspection procedure should A scheduled preventative maintenance, lubrication and inspection procedure should
be followed. Those records determined to be necessary (or required by national be followed. Those records determined to be necessary (or required by national
authority) shall be maintained. authority) shall be maintained.
1003.GB F 47 1003.GB F 47
15 Storage 15 Storage
Long term storage of trucks Long term storage of trucks
General General
In the event of the truck(s) being stored for four weeks or more, preservatives should be In the event of the truck(s) being stored for four weeks or more, preservatives should be
applied. All preservatives to be applied by spray or aerosol to ensure maximum cover. applied. All preservatives to be applied by spray or aerosol to ensure maximum cover.
Before protection processes are carried out, it is important to ensure that the following Before protection processes are carried out, it is important to ensure that the following
precautions have been undertaken: precautions have been undertaken:
S Any damage by way of marks, scratches etc., on fully painted trucks, attachments S Any damage by way of marks, scratches etc., on fully painted trucks, attachments
etc., must be touched in. etc., must be touched in.
S Unpainted components to have the area to be protected free from rust, scale, weld S Unpainted components to have the area to be protected free from rust, scale, weld
slag, paint and moisture. slag, paint and moisture.
S Areas for treatment will be exposed to give maximum possible access for S Areas for treatment will be exposed to give maximum possible access for
preservative. preservative.
Preservatives. Preservatives.
Categories of Protection. Categories of Protection.
Individual components or areas will need to be protected by different preparations. The Individual components or areas will need to be protected by different preparations. The
categories below, list a general use for particular preparations. categories below, list a general use for particular preparations.
Category A: Basic rust protection of components that will have some movement Category A: Basic rust protection of components that will have some movement
during the period of storage or shipment. during the period of storage or shipment.
Category B: Basic electrical equipment, connections etc. Category B: Basic electrical equipment, connections etc.
Category C: For use on areas or components that remain in a static condition for Category C: For use on areas or components that remain in a static condition for
storage and shipment. storage and shipment.
Recommended Preservative Category Recommended Preservative Category

(chemical family) (chemical family)
A waxy solvent deposited film that will displace moisture and A A waxy solvent deposited film that will displace moisture and A
perform as a “non-fling” lubricant perform as a “non-fling” lubricant
A protective lubricating film which is non-conductive and B A protective lubricating film which is non-conductive and B
remains operational even at severe sub-zero temperatures remains operational even at severe sub-zero temperatures
A solvent deposited, water displacing, wax film corrosion C A solvent deposited, water displacing, wax film corrosion C
preventative preventative
Preparing Trucks for Storage. Preparing Trucks for Storage.
Mast Assembly. Mast Assembly.
S Fully lower mast. S Fully lower mast.
S Spray the following components using category A preservatives: S Spray the following components using category A preservatives:
S Chain, chain anchors, chain rollers, mast mounting pins, free lift slide, exposed lift S Chain, chain anchors, chain rollers, mast mounting pins, free lift slide, exposed lift
cylinder rod, roller track inside mast and fork pins. cylinder rod, roller track inside mast and fork pins.
F 48 1003.GB F 48 1003.GB
Steer Axle Assembly. Steer Axle Assembly.
S Spray the following components using category A preservatives. S Spray the following components using category A preservatives.
S Exposed cylinder rod, connecting link pins and bearings, wheel nuts. S Exposed cylinder rod, connecting link pins and bearings, wheel nuts.
S Ensure all grease nipples are fully greased, e.g. king pins, hubs etc., using a grease S Ensure all grease nipples are fully greased, e.g. king pins, hubs etc., using a grease
gun. gun.
Drive Axle Assembly. Drive Axle Assembly.
S Ensure protective caps are fitted over brake nipples. S Ensure protective caps are fitted over brake nipples.
S Spray the following components using category A preservatives. S Spray the following components using category A preservatives.
S Parking brake connecting linkage, wheel nuts, all keyte eye end assemblies, chassis S Parking brake connecting linkage, wheel nuts, all keyte eye end assemblies, chassis
tilt cylinders. tilt cylinders.
Controls and Linkages. Controls and Linkages.
S Spray the following components using category A preservatives: S Spray the following components using category A preservatives:
S Hydraulic control valve operating linkage and shaft, exposed tops of valve spools, S Hydraulic control valve operating linkage and shaft, exposed tops of valve spools,
gear change linkage and pivot points, footbrake shaft and linkages, accelerator pivot gear change linkage and pivot points, footbrake shaft and linkages, accelerator pivot
and linkages, stop cable linkages, brake cable and accelerator inner cable exposed and linkages, stop cable linkages, brake cable and accelerator inner cable exposed
ends. Flexible control cable ends. ends. Flexible control cable ends.
Electrical. Electrical.
S Disconnect the battery and liberally coat battery terminals with petroleum jelly. S Disconnect the battery and liberally coat battery terminals with petroleum jelly.
S Spray the following components using category B preservatives: S Spray the following components using category B preservatives:
S All exposed bare metal on alternator, alternator terminals, starter motor terminals, S All exposed bare metal on alternator, alternator terminals, starter motor terminals,
horn terminals, vacuum switch terminals, console terminals and connectors on horn terminals, vacuum switch terminals, console terminals and connectors on
underside of bonnet. Microswitches. Auxiliary electrics such as stop/tail spot and underside of bonnet. Microswitches. Auxiliary electrics such as stop/tail spot and
floodlights etc. All connectors, control panel. floodlights etc. All connectors, control panel.
Seat and instrument panel. Seat and instrument panel.
S Spray seat runners and mechanism using category A preservatives. S Spray seat runners and mechanism using category A preservatives.
S Cover seat and instrument panel in polythene and securely tape up with adhesive S Cover seat and instrument panel in polythene and securely tape up with adhesive
tape: key to be left exposed. tape: key to be left exposed.
Exhaust. Exhaust.
S Touch up silencer and exhaust pipe with black heat resistant paint. S Touch up silencer and exhaust pipe with black heat resistant paint.
Cab. Cab.
S Spray, with category A preservatives, door catches, door hinges, and door slider S Spray, with category A preservatives, door catches, door hinges, and door slider
mechanism. mechanism.
S Spray, with category B preservatives, the windscreen wiper motor and terminals. S Spray, with category B preservatives, the windscreen wiper motor and terminals.
Miscellaneous. Miscellaneous.
S Spray, using category A preservatives, bonnet hinge pins, bonnet catches, and truck S Spray, using category A preservatives, bonnet hinge pins, bonnet catches, and truck
data plate. data plate.
Tyres. Tyres.
S Support truck on stands to prevent localised tyre damage. S Support truck on stands to prevent localised tyre damage.
1003.GB F 49 1003.GB F 49
Use of the truck after a long inoperative period. Use of the truck after a long inoperative period.
S Remove, where fitted, protective caps, polythene, etc., used to prepare truck(s) for S Remove, where fitted, protective caps, polythene, etc., used to prepare truck(s) for
storage. storage.
S Before starting up the truck the driver must satisfy himself that it is good working S Before starting up the truck the driver must satisfy himself that it is good working
order. order.
Short term storage of trucks Short term storage of trucks
Short term storage in dry conditions does not require any special actions. Short term storage in dry conditions does not require any special actions.
Protection of a engine not in service Protection of a engine not in service
General. General.
Short Term Storage. Short Term Storage.
S Up to seven days -- no action is necessary. S Up to seven days -- no action is necessary.
S Up to three months -- each week, run the engine until normal operating temperature S Up to three months -- each week, run the engine until normal operating temperature
is reached. If the engine cannot be run, turn the crankshaft by hand a minimum of is reached. If the engine cannot be run, turn the crankshaft by hand a minimum of
three revolutions. three revolutions.
Long Term Storage. Long Term Storage.
The recommendations given below are to ensure that damage is prevented when an The recommendations given below are to ensure that damage is prevented when an
engine is removed from service for an extended period (three months or more). Use engine is removed from service for an extended period (three months or more). Use
these procedures immediately the engine is removed from service. The instructions for these procedures immediately the engine is removed from service. The instructions for
the use of POWERPART products are given on the outside of each container. the use of POWERPART products are given on the outside of each container.
POWERPART products, or its equivalents, may be obtained from your nearest dealer POWERPART products, or its equivalents, may be obtained from your nearest dealer
or distributor. or distributor.
Instructions. Instructions.
S Thoroughly clean the outside of the engine. S Thoroughly clean the outside of the engine.
S Where a preservative fuel is to be used, drain the fuel system and fill with the S Where a preservative fuel is to be used, drain the fuel system and fill with the
preservative fuel. POWERPART Lay--Up 1 can be added to the normal fuel to preservative fuel. POWERPART Lay--Up 1 can be added to the normal fuel to
change it to a preservative fuel. If preservative fuel is not used, the system can be change it to a preservative fuel. If preservative fuel is not used, the system can be
kept charge with normal fuel but this will have to be drained and discarded at the end kept charge with normal fuel but this will have to be drained and discarded at the end
of the storage period together with the fuel filter. of the storage period together with the fuel filter.
S Run the engine until it is warm. Correct any fuel, lubricating oil or air leakage. Stop S Run the engine until it is warm. Correct any fuel, lubricating oil or air leakage. Stop
the engine and drain the lubricating oil sump. the engine and drain the lubricating oil sump.
S Renew the lubricating oil filter canister. S Renew the lubricating oil filter canister.
S Fill the sump to the full mark on the dipstick with clean new lubricating oil or with a S Fill the sump to the full mark on the dipstick with clean new lubricating oil or with a
correct preservative fluid. POWERPART Lay--Up 2 can be added to the lubricating correct preservative fluid. POWERPART Lay--Up 2 can be added to the lubricating
oil to give protection against corrosion during the period in storage. If a preservative oil to give protection against corrosion during the period in storage. If a preservative
fluid is used, this must be drained and normal lubricating oil used when the engine fluid is used, this must be drained and normal lubricating oil used when the engine
is returned to service. is returned to service.
S Drain the cooling system. To give protection against corrosion, it is better to fill the S Drain the cooling system. To give protection against corrosion, it is better to fill the
cooling system with a coolant that has a corrosion inhibitor. If frost protection is cooling system with a coolant that has a corrosion inhibitor. If frost protection is
needed, use an antifreeze mixture. If no frost protection is needed, use water with needed, use an antifreeze mixture. If no frost protection is needed, use water with
an approved corrosion inhibitor mixture. an approved corrosion inhibitor mixture.
S Run the engine for a short period to send the lubricating oil and coolant around the S Run the engine for a short period to send the lubricating oil and coolant around the
engine. engine.
S Clean out the engine breather pipe and seal the end of the pipe. S Clean out the engine breather pipe and seal the end of the pipe.
S Remove the atomisers and spray POWERPART Lay--Up 2 into each cylinder bore. S Remove the atomisers and spray POWERPART Lay--Up 2 into each cylinder bore.
If this is not available, clean engine lubricating oil will give a degree of protection. If this is not available, clean engine lubricating oil will give a degree of protection.
F 50 1003.GB F 50 1003.GB
Spray into the cylinder bores 140ml (¼ pint) of lubricating oil divided evenly between Spray into the cylinder bores 140ml (¼ pint) of lubricating oil divided evenly between
the cylinders. the cylinders.
S Slowly turn the crankshaft one revolution and then install the atomisers complete S Slowly turn the crankshaft one revolution and then install the atomisers complete
with new seat washers. with new seat washers.
S Remove the air filter and any pipe installed between the air filter and induction S Remove the air filter and any pipe installed between the air filter and induction
manifold. Spray POWERPART Lay--Up 2 into the induction manifold. Seal the manifold. Spray POWERPART Lay--Up 2 into the induction manifold. Seal the
manifold with waterproof tape. manifold with waterproof tape.
S Remove the exhaust pipe. Spray POWERPART Lay--Up 2 into the exhaust manifold. S Remove the exhaust pipe. Spray POWERPART Lay--Up 2 into the exhaust manifold.
Seal the manifold with waterproof tape. Seal the manifold with waterproof tape.
S Remove the lubricating oil filler cap. Spray POWERPART Lay--Up 2 around the S Remove the lubricating oil filler cap. Spray POWERPART Lay--Up 2 around the
rocker shaft assembly. Fit the filler cap. rocker shaft assembly. Fit the filler cap.
S Disconnect the battery and put it into safe storage in a fully charge condition. Before S Disconnect the battery and put it into safe storage in a fully charge condition. Before
the battery is put into storage, give the battery terminals a protection against the battery is put into storage, give the battery terminals a protection against
corrosion. POWERPART Lay--Up 3 can be used on the terminals. corrosion. POWERPART Lay--Up 3 can be used on the terminals.
S Seal the vent pipe of the fuel tank or the fuel filler cap with waterproof tape. S Seal the vent pipe of the fuel tank or the fuel filler cap with waterproof tape.
S Remove the fan belt and put it into storage. S Remove the fan belt and put it into storage.
S To prevent corrosion, spray the engine with POWERPART Lay--Up 3. Do not spray S To prevent corrosion, spray the engine with POWERPART Lay--Up 3. Do not spray
inside the alternator cooling fan area. inside the alternator cooling fan area.
A Before the engine is started after a period in storage, operate the starter motor with
the engine stop control in the ‘off’ position until oil pressure shows on the oil pressure A Before the engine is started after a period in storage, operate the starter motor with
the engine stop control in the ‘off’ position until oil pressure shows on the oil pressure
gauge or the oil warning light goes out. If a solenoid stop control is used, this will have gauge or the oil warning light goes out. If a solenoid stop control is used, this will have
to be disconnected for this operation. to be disconnected for this operation.
S Affix a label in a prominent position on the engine stating the dates on which the S Affix a label in a prominent position on the engine stating the dates on which the
engine was inhibited and will require re--inhibiting. engine was inhibited and will require re--inhibiting.
A If the engine is to remain in storage for more than one year, the above procedure must
be carried out at the end of each twelve month period. A If the engine is to remain in storage for more than one year, the above procedure must
be carried out at the end of each twelve month period.
Composition / chemical family of Powerpart products Composition / chemical family of Powerpart products
Lay-up 1 Comprises a blend of corrosion inhibitors, non-ionic emulsifiers and Lay-up 1 Comprises a blend of corrosion inhibitors, non-ionic emulsifiers and
highly refined mineral oils highly refined mineral oils
Lay-up 2 Comprises a blend of corrosion inhibitors in mineral oil. The mineral Lay-up 2 Comprises a blend of corrosion inhibitors in mineral oil. The mineral
oil is a severely hydrotreated napthenic oil from which polynuclear oil is a severely hydrotreated napthenic oil from which polynuclear
aromatic hydrocarbons have been removed aromatic hydrocarbons have been removed
Lay-up 3 A solvent deposited, water displacing, wax film corrosion Lay-up 3 A solvent deposited, water displacing, wax film corrosion
preventative preventative
Reinstating the truck Reinstating the truck

S Check that all water--proof tape, wrappings and sealing blanks have been removed. S Check that all water--proof tape, wrappings and sealing blanks have been removed.
S If the engine has been stored or laid--up for a period exceeding one month, the fuel S If the engine has been stored or laid--up for a period exceeding one month, the fuel
injection pump, governor and turbocharger (if fitted) must be primed with clean injection pump, governor and turbocharger (if fitted) must be primed with clean
engine oil. Clean atomisers of preservative oil. engine oil. Clean atomisers of preservative oil.
S Where a preservative fuel has been used, drain the fuel system and fill with the S Where a preservative fuel has been used, drain the fuel system and fill with the
correct grade of fuel. Bleed the fuel system of air. correct grade of fuel. Bleed the fuel system of air.
S Before starting up the truck the driver must satisfy himself that it is in good working S Before starting up the truck the driver must satisfy himself that it is in good working
order, and safety devices are checked to ensure their operation. order, and safety devices are checked to ensure their operation.
1003.GB F 51 1003.GB F 51
16 Disposal 16 Disposal
Disposal of the truck may only be carried out by the manufacturer or trained Disposal of the truck may only be carried out by the manufacturer or trained
Prior to flame cutting the truck for disposal, the following precautions are to be adhered Prior to flame cutting the truck for disposal, the following precautions are to be adhered
to: to:
S Remove batteries from truck as these can become explosive. S Remove batteries from truck as these can become explosive.
S Drain diesel fuel into a suitable container: remove diesel tank from truck. Remove S Drain diesel fuel into a suitable container: remove diesel tank from truck. Remove
L.P. Gas bottles if applicable. L.P. Gas bottles if applicable.
S Drain hydraulic oil into a suitable container. S Drain hydraulic oil into a suitable container.
S Ensure a fire extinguisher is on hand. S Ensure a fire extinguisher is on hand.
S DO NOT flame cut truck components that are under tension as these could “spring S DO NOT flame cut truck components that are under tension as these could “spring
out”. out”.
S Support the truck whilst flame cutting. S Support the truck whilst flame cutting.
S Remove, or tie back, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables from areas where flame S Remove, or tie back, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables from areas where flame
cutting is to be applied. cutting is to be applied.
Dispose of waste material and consumables in a safe and responsible manner. Advice Dispose of waste material and consumables in a safe and responsible manner. Advice
on waste disposal can be obtained from your nearest Health and Safety Executive or on waste disposal can be obtained from your nearest Health and Safety Executive or
licensed waste disposal company. licensed waste disposal company.
F 52 1003.GB F 52 1003.GB
Appendix for Diesel Engine Exhaust Gas Filter -- Appendix for Diesel Engine Exhaust Gas Filter --
STX Type STX Type
1 Introduction 1 Introduction
The STX Diesel soot filter unit provides effective removal of particle matter from Diesel The STX Diesel soot filter unit provides effective removal of particle matter from Diesel
exhaust. exhaust.
The filter functions through effective trapping of soot particles within a series of ceramic The filter functions through effective trapping of soot particles within a series of ceramic
fibre wound cartridges, contained inside a stainless steel canister. fibre wound cartridges, contained inside a stainless steel canister.
An “On Board” Electronic Control Unit (ECU) monitors the build up of soot within the An “On Board” Electronic Control Unit (ECU) monitors the build up of soot within the
filter unit. After a period of 6--10 operating hours it will indicate by both visual and filter unit. After a period of 6--10 operating hours it will indicate by both visual and
audible methods that the filter requires cleaning (regeneration). audible methods that the filter requires cleaning (regeneration).
The visual signal comprises a dash mounted red warning light. This is the first level of The visual signal comprises a dash mounted red warning light. This is the first level of
alarm. This indicates that the soot filter should be cleaned if it convenient to do so. alarm. This indicates that the soot filter should be cleaned if it convenient to do so.
The second level of alarm is an audible sounder (98 dbA) which must not be ignored The second level of alarm is an audible sounder (98 dbA) which must not be ignored
under any circumstances. At this alarm level the soot filter MUST be regenerated. under any circumstances. At this alarm level the soot filter MUST be regenerated.
Failure to regenerate the filter at the second level alarm WILL INVALIDATE all warranty Failure to regenerate the filter at the second level alarm WILL INVALIDATE all warranty
for the system. for the system.
The cleaning, or regeneration process is effected through the use of a wall mounted The cleaning, or regeneration process is effected through the use of a wall mounted
Regeneration Power Unit. This unit provides both the heat and air required for effective Regeneration Power Unit. This unit provides both the heat and air required for effective
regeneration of the soot filter. The regeneration process will only take 14 minutes to regeneration of the soot filter. The regeneration process will only take 14 minutes to
complete. complete.
The STX soot filter is a unique product in that it can be regenerated at any time to suit the The STX soot filter is a unique product in that it can be regenerated at any time to suit the
operation of the truck. Should it be convenient the filter can be regenerated at the start operation of the truck. Should it be convenient the filter can be regenerated at the start
or end of every working shift, irrespective of whether the filter is empty, part or totally full. or end of every working shift, irrespective of whether the filter is empty, part or totally full.
More frequent regeneration will NOT damage the unit. More frequent regeneration will NOT damage the unit.
2 Regeneration 2 Regeneration
Regenerate the STX soot filter as follows: Regenerate the STX soot filter as follows:
S After 6--10 hours of engine operation since the last regeneration the red light on the S After 6--10 hours of engine operation since the last regeneration the red light on the
dash panel will illuminate. dash panel will illuminate.
S Finish the job in hand, but DO NOT DELAY. If the RED light is ignored the audible S Finish the job in hand, but DO NOT DELAY. If the RED light is ignored the audible
alarm will sound. alarm will sound.
S Drive to the Regeneration Power Unit S Drive to the Regeneration Power Unit
(RPU). 4 (RPU). 4
S Park the truck safely within reach of S Park the truck safely within reach of
the harnesses (Figure 1) and remove the harnesses (Figure 1) and remove
the ignition key. 3 the ignition key. 3
2 2
1 1
Figure 1 Figure 1
1 1
S Remove the dust cap, connect the air S Remove the dust cap, connect the air
hose from the RPU. Secure the hose from the RPU. Secure the
levers. levers.
Figure 2 Figure 2
S Connect the electrical harnesses -- S Connect the electrical harnesses --

pushing the grey connectors securely pushing the grey connectors securely
together. together.
S Turn the mains supply (2 Figure 1) to S Turn the mains supply (2 Figure 1) to
ON. ON.
S Turn the RPU power supply switch (3 S Turn the RPU power supply switch (3
Figure 1) to ON. Figure 1) to ON.
Figure 3 Figure 3
S The green “power” light on the RPU (4 S The green “power” light on the RPU (4
Figure 1) will be illuminated, and the Figure 1) will be illuminated, and the
green dash light will flash. This green dash light will flash. This
indicates that the STX unit is ready for indicates that the STX unit is ready for
regeneration. regeneration.
S Depress the start button on the truck S Depress the start button on the truck
dash panel. dash panel.
Figure 4 Figure 4
S The regeneration process will now S The regeneration process will now
take place. It will take 14 minutes to take place. It will take 14 minutes to
complete. complete.
S During the regeneration process, S During the regeneration process,
“Power” and “Regen” lights on the “Power” and “Regen” lights on the
RPU will illuminate and both the RPU will illuminate and both the
green and red dash panel mounted green and red dash panel mounted
lights will flash. lights will flash.
Figure 5 Figure 5
2 2
S When the regeneration process is S When the regeneration process is
complete, only the green dash panel complete, only the green dash panel
light and RPU power light will be light and RPU power light will be
illuminated. illuminated.
DO NOT DRIVE AWAY FROM THE DO NOT DRIVE AWAY FROM THE
RPU. RPU.
S Turn the RPU power supply switch (3 S Turn the RPU power supply switch (3
Figure 1) to OFF. Figure 1) to OFF.
S Turn the mains power supply switch S Turn the mains power supply switch
(2 Figure 1) to OFF. Figure 6 (2 Figure 1) to OFF. Figure 6
S Disconnect the grey power harness S Disconnect the grey power harness
connection. connection.
Figure 7 Figure 7
S Disconnect the air hose connection S Disconnect the air hose connection
and replace the dustcap. and replace the dustcap.
IT IS VITAL THAT THE DUSTCAP IS IT IS VITAL THAT THE DUSTCAP IS

REPLACED FOR OPERATION OF REPLACED FOR OPERATION OF
THE STX SOOT FILTER. THE STX SOOT FILTER.
S Return the air hose and power S Return the air hose and power
harness to the RPU bracket. harness to the RPU bracket.
S The truck is now ready for work. S The truck is now ready for work.
Figure 8 Figure 8
3 3
4 4

Jungheinrich DFG TFG 16 50

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Jungheinrich DFG TFG 16 50

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

DFG/TFG 16 - 50 A/B/C-K 03.

f Used before safety instructions which must be observed to avoid danger to

Jungheinrich Aktiengesellschaft Jungheinrich Aktiengesellschaft

Telephone: +49 (0) 40/6948-0 Telephone: +49 (0) 40/6948-0

Item Description Item Description Item Description Item Description

A Data to VDI 2198, subject to technical alterations and supplements

Drive axle Drive axle

Engine - DFG 16/20 AK Engine - DFG 16/20 AK

Engine - TFG 16/20 AK Engine - TFG 16/20 AK

Air cleaner Air cleaner

Wheels and tyres Wheels and tyres

Drive 6.50x10 Drive 6.50x10

Drive 23x9x10 PR Drive 23x9x10 PR

Drive 23x9x10 Drive 23x9x10

Electrical system Electrical system

Conditions of Use Conditions of Use

Drive axle Drive axle

Engine - DFG BK Engine - DFG BK

Air cleaner Air cleaner

Brake system Brake system

Wheels and tyres Wheels and tyres

Drive Steer Drive Steer

Drive Steer Drive Steer

Drive 27x10x12 PR Drive 27x10x12 PR

Drive 7.00x12 Drive 7.00x12

Drive 27x10x12 Drive 27x10x12

Drive 7.00x12 Drive 7.00x12

Drive 27x10x12 Drive 27x10x12

Electrical system Electrical system

Hydraulic system Hydraulic system

Conditions of Use Conditions of Use

Drive axle - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Drive axle - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

Drive coupling - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Drive coupling - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

Transmission - PST2 - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Transmission - PST2 - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

Engine - DFG 40-- 50 CK Engine - DFG 40-- 50 CK

Air cleaner Air cleaner

Brake system - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK Brake system - DFG/TFG 40-- 50 CK

Wheels and tyres Wheels and tyres

Drive Steer Drive Steer

Drive Steer Drive Steer

Drive (Twin) 7.50x15 Drive (Twin) 7.50x15

Drive (Twin) 7.50x15 Drive (Twin) 7.50x15

Drive 300x15 Drive 300x15

Tyres (09/03 and later) Tyres (09/03 and later)

Drive (Twin) 7.50x15 Drive (Twin) 7.50x15

Drive (Twin) 7.50x15 Drive (Twin) 7.50x15

Drive 3.00x15 Drive 3.00x15

Electrical system Electrical system

Hydraulic system Hydraulic system

Conditions of Use Conditions of Use

16 17.1 17.2 16 17.1 17.2

Item. Description Item. Description

Item Description Item Description Item Description Item Description

Securing the truck Securing the truck

Figure 6 Securing Forks Figure 6 Securing Forks

Functional Checks. Functional Checks.

f Liquid gas causes frost wounds on exposed skin.

f The truck may be filled only at the

A Do not overfill the tank.

09/03 and later (Series C) 09/03 and later (Series C)

f Only 18 kg (29 litres) gas bottles should

RELATED TO THE FILLING OF L.P.

RELATED TO THE FILLING OF L.P.

Control or Display Control or Display